Document:

EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 BY AND AMONG 

Consolidated Industries L.L.C., 

The Climate Control Group, Inc., 

NIBE Energy Systems Inc. 

AND, 
 solely for
purposes of Sections 6.8, 6.19 and 11.15 
 LSB Industries, Inc., 

AND 
 solely for
purposes of Section 11.16 
 NIBE Industrier AB (publ) 

Dated as of May 11, 2016 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I
	 	DEFINITIONS	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.1
	 	    Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.2
	 	    Other Interpretive Provisions	  	 	22	  
			
	 ARTICLE II
	 	PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES: CLOSING AND MANNER OF PAYMENT	  	 	23	  
			
	 Section 2.1
	 	    Agreement to Purchase and Sell the Shares	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.2
	 	    Time and Manner of Payment of Transaction Price	  	 	23	  
	 Section 2.3
	 	    Adjustments to the Purchase Price and Related Matters	  	 	24	  
	 Section 2.4
	 	    Manner of Delivery of the Shares	  	 	27	  
	 Section 2.5
	 	    Withholding	  	 	27	  
			
	 ARTICLE III
	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER	  	 	27	  
			
	 Section 3.1
	 	    Ownership of the Shares; Good Title Conveyed	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.2
	 	    Due Organization; Qualification	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.3
	 	    Authorization; Noncontravention	  	 	27	  
	 Section 3.4
	 	    Consents and Approvals	  	 	28	  
			
	 ARTICLE IV
	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND THE COMPANY	  	 	28	  
			
	 Section 4.1
	 	    Corporate Power	  	 	29	  
	 Section 4.2
	 	    Authorization; Noncontravention	  	 	29	  
	 Section 4.3
	 	    Capitalization	  	 	29	  
	 Section 4.4
	 	    Subsidiaries	  	 	30	  
	 Section 4.5
	 	    Consents and Approvals	  	 	30	  
	 Section 4.6
	 	    CCG Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Material Liabilities	  	 	30	  
	 Section 4.7
	 	    Absence of Certain Changes	  	 	31	  
	 Section 4.8
	 	    Compliance with Laws; Permits	  	 	31	  
	 Section 4.9
	 	    Litigation	  	 	31	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	    Taxes	  	 	32	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	    Employee Benefit Plans	  	 	33	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	    Labor and Employment	  	 	35	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	    Environmental Matters	  	 	36	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	    Intellectual Property	  	 	37	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	    Broker’s or Finder’s Fee	  	 	39	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	    Material Contracts	  	 	40	  
	 Section 4.17
	 	    Insurance	  	 	40	  
	 Section 4.18
	 	    Related Party Transactions	  	 	40	  
	 Section 4.19
	 	    Property	  	 	41	  
	 Section 4.20
	 	    Title to Assets; Tangible Assets	  	 	43	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.21
	 	    Bank Accounts	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.22
	 	    Customers and Suppliers	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.23
	 	    Accounts Receivable	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.24
	 	    Disputed Accounts Payable	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.25
	 	    Books and Records	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.26
	 	    Product Warranties, Product Warranty and Liability Claims, Returns	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.27
	 	    Indemnification Obligations	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.28
	 	    Powers of Attorney	  	 	45	  
			
	 ARTICLE V
	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER	  	 	45	  
			
	 Section 5.1
	 	    Due Organization and Corporate Power	  	 	45	  
	 Section 5.2
	 	    Authorization; Noncontravention	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.3
	 	    Consents and Approvals	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.4
	 	    Funds	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.5
	 	    Independent Review; No Reliance	  	 	46	  
	 Section 5.6
	 	    Solvency	  	 	47	  
	 Section 5.7
	 	    Purchase for Investment	  	 	47	  
			
	 ARTICLE VI
	 	COVENANTS	  	 	48	  
			
	 Section 6.1
	 	    Access to Information	  	 	48	  
	 Section 6.2
	 	    Confidentiality	  	 	49	  
	 Section 6.3
	 	    Conduct of the Business of the CCG Entities Pending the Closing Date	  	 	49	  
	 Section 6.4
	 	    Filings; Other Actions	  	 	52	  
	 Section 6.5
	 	    Use of LSB Business Marks and Certain IP Matters	  	 	53	  
	 Section 6.6
	 	    Director and Officers’ Indemnification; Release	  	 	54	  
	 Section 6.7
	 	    Public Announcements	  	 	55	  
	 Section 6.8
	 	    Tax Matters	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.9
	 	    Resignation of Officers, Managers and Directors	  	 	59	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	    Notification of Certain Matters	  	 	60	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	    Third-Party (Non-Governmental Entity) Consents	  	 	60	  
	 Section 6.12
	 	    [Reserved]	  	 	61	  
	 Section 6.13
	 	    Existing Letters of Credit	  	 	61	  
	 Section 6.14
	 	    Other Agreements	  	 	61	  
	 Section 6.15
	 	    Employee Matters	  	 	61	  
	 Section 6.16
	 	    Seller’s Access to Information	  	 	64	  
	 Section 6.17
	 	    Insurance	  	 	65	  
	 Section 6.18
	 	    Separation/TSA Cooperation	  	 	65	  
	 Section 6.19
	 	    Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.20
	 	    Title Insurance	  	 	67	  
	 Section 6.21
	 	    Purchaser R&W Insurance	  	 	68	  

  
 ii 

							
	 ARTICLE VII
	 	CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING	  	 	68	  
			
	 Section 7.1
	 	    Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser and the Seller	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.2
	 	    Conditions to Obligations of the Seller	  	 	68	  
	 Section 7.3
	 	    Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser	  	 	69	  
			
	 ARTICLE VIII
	 	CLOSING	  	 	69	  
			
	 Section 8.1
	 	    Closing	  	 	69	  
	 Section 8.2
	 	    Seller Closing Deliveries	  	 	70	  
	 Section 8.3
	 	    Purchaser Closing Deliveries	  	 	70	  
			
	 ARTICLE IX
	 	TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT	  	 	70	  
			
	 Section 9.1
	 	    Termination	  	 	70	  
	 Section 9.2
	 	    Effect of Termination	  	 	72	  
	 Section 9.3
	 	    Payment	  	 	73	  
			
	 ARTICLE X
	 	INDEMNIFICATION	  	 	73	  
			
	 Section 10.1
	 	    Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants	  	 	73	  
	 Section 10.2
	 	    Seller’s Indemnification Obligations	  	 	74	  
	 Section 10.3
	 	    Limitation on the Seller’s Indemnification Obligations	  	 	75	  
	 Section 10.4
	 	    Purchaser’s Indemnification Obligations	  	 	79	  
	 Section 10.5
	 	    Non-Third Party Claims Procedures	  	 	81	  
	 Section 10.6
	 	    Third Party Claims Procedures	  	 	81	  
	 Section 10.7
	 	    Recoveries from Third Persons; Duplicative Recoveries	  	 	83	  
			
	 ARTICLE XI
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	83	  
			
	 Section 11.1
	 	    Fees and Expenses	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.2
	 	    Extension; Waiver	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.3
	 	    Notices	  	 	83	  
	 Section 11.4
	 	    Entire Agreement	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.5
	 	    Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.6
	 	    Amendment and Modification	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.7
	 	    Headings	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.8
	 	    Counterparts	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.9
	 	    Governing Law	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.10
	 	    Disclosure Letters	  	 	85	  
	 Section 11.11
	 	    Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	86	  
	 Section 11.12
	 	    Severability	  	 	87	  
	 Section 11.13
	 	    Specific Performance	  	 	87	  
	 Section 11.14
	 	    Conflicts and Privilege	  	 	87	  
	 Section 11.15
	 	    Seller Guarantee	  	 	88	  
	 Section 11.16
	 	    Purchaser Guarantee	  	 	89	  

  
 iii 

 Annexes 
  

			
	Annex A	  	The Standards
	Annex B	  	Sample Working Capital Calculation
	Annex C	  	Severance Policies and Agreements
	Annex D	  	Sample Estimated Statement Calculation
	Annex E	  	Illustration Schedule – Indemnification

 Exhibits 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	Form of Transition Services Agreement

  
 iv 

 STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of May 11, 2016 (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into by and among
Consolidated Industries L.L.C., an Oklahoma limited liability company (the “Seller”), The Climate Control Group, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation (the “Company”), NIBE Energy Systems Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Purchaser”), and, solely for purposes of Sections 6.8, 6.19 and 11.15 hereof, LSB Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LSB”) and solely for purposes of Section 11.16
hereof, NIBE Industrier AB (publ) (“NIBE”). 
 W I T N E S S E
T H: 
 WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties desire to enter into this
Agreement, pursuant to which the Seller shall sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company (the “Shares”) with the purpose of acquiring the Business (as defined herein), for the
consideration and on the terms set forth in this Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, the parties desire to make certain representations, warranties
and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the
mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.1 Definitions. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings specified therefor
below. 
 “Accounting Experts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(g). 

“Adjustment Escrow” means the portion of the Escrow Account designated for the Adjustment Escrow Amount to be held by the
Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Adjustment Escrow Amount” means $2,000,000. 

“Affiliate” of any Person shall mean, when used with reference to a specific Person, any Person that at the time of
determination of Affiliate status directly or indirectly, whether through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specific Person. As used in this definition, “control” (and, with
correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management or policies of a Person (whether through ownership of securities or
partnership or other ownership interests, by Contract or otherwise). 
 “Affiliate Transaction” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 4.18(b). 

 “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Ancillary Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14. 

“Antitrust Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b). 

“Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a). 

“Assigned Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(c). 

“Authorized Representatives of the Purchaser” shall mean the Purchaser’s directors, officers, employees, counsel,
accountants, financial advisors, consultants and other authorized representatives designated by the Purchaser (through a written notice addressed to the Company) for the purpose of Section 6.1. 

“Bankruptcy Event” shall mean any of the following actions by the Company or any other CCG Entity: 

(i) commencement of a voluntary case or filing a request or petition to initiate bankruptcy proceedings or to have any CCG Entity adjudicated
as bankrupt; 
 (ii) consenting to the entry of an order for relief (or taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to,
approval of, or acquiescence in, any such order) against any CCG Entity in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consenting to the appointment (or
taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such appointment) of a custodian, receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged
with the reorganization or liquidation of any CCG Entity or for any substantial part of any CCG Entity’s property; 
 (iv) making a
general assignment (or taking any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such general assignment) for the benefit of any CCG Entity’s creditors; or 

(v) proposing or agreeing to an accord or composition in bankruptcy between any CCG Entity and any CCG Entity’s creditors. 

“Business” shall mean the climate control business conducted by the CCG Entities, including without limitation the design,
manufacture and sale of a broad range of HVAC products that include standard and custom designed water source and geothermal heat pumps, hydronic fan coils, large custom air handlers, modular geothermal and other chillers, primarily used in
commercial/institutional and residential new buildings construction, renovation of existing buildings and replacement of existing systems. 

“Business Day” shall mean any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or
authorized to close in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, United States. 

  
 2 

 “Cash” shall mean, as of immediately prior to the Closing, the amount of all
cash in any CCG Entity’s bank accounts, net of any outstanding (uncleared) checks, drafts and wire transfers, plus deposits in transit and excluding amounts held as restricted balances. 

“CCG Entities” shall mean The Climate Control Group, Inc., International Environmental Corporation, ClimaCool Corp.,
ClimateCraft, Inc., Climate Master, Inc., Koax Corp. and ThermaClime Technologies, Inc. 
 “CCG Entities Indebtedness”
shall mean, as of any time, without duplication, the aggregate amount of all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP: (i) all short-term and long-term indebtedness of any CCG Entity
(including the principal amount thereof or, if applicable, the accreted amount thereof, any prepayment amounts, and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest thereon), whether or not represented by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments,
for the repayment of money borrowed, (ii) all deferred indebtedness of any CCG Entity for the payment of the purchase price of property, assets or services purchased, but excluding trade accounts payable, customer advance payments and other
current liabilities in each case arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) all obligations of any CCG Entity under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to any property purchased by any CCG Entity, (iv) all
direct or contingent obligations of any CCG Entity arising under or in respect of letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, and other financial products and services, including
(x) similar facilities issued for the account of any CCG Entity pursuant to which the applicable bank or similar entity has paid obligations for which any CCG Entity is required to repay and (y) treasury management and commercial credit
card, merchant card and purchase or procurement card services, (v) any payment obligation of any CCG Entity under any and all Swap Contracts, (vi) all obligations for borrowed money of any Person other than a CCG Entity secured by any Lien
existing on property owned by a CCG Entity, whether or not indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed, but excluding any obligations incurred under any LSB Debt Instruments, (vii) all obligations of a CCG Entity under any lease of
property, personal or real, which obligations are required to be classified as capitalized leases under GAAP and (viii) all guaranties, endorsements, assumptions and other contingent obligations of any CCG Entity in respect of, or to purchase
or to otherwise acquire, indebtedness for borrowed money of others, provided that the amount of any such contingent obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of
which such contingent obligation is made (subject to any limitation therein). CCG Entities Indebtedness shall not include any Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness. 

“CCG Financial Statements” shall mean, collectively, (a) the audited balance sheet of the CCG Entities as a consolidated
group as of December 31, 2015, and the audited statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the CCG Entities as a consolidated group for the year ended on December 31, 2015, together with the reports of the
Company’s independent auditors thereupon, including notes to the audited financial statements, (b) unaudited balance sheets of the CCG Entities as a consolidated group as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and the
unaudited statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the CCG Entities as a consolidated group for the years ended on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, (c) the unaudited balance sheets of each
CCG Entity as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and the unaudited statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of each CCG Entity for the years ended

  
 3 

 
on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and (d) the unaudited balance sheet of the CCG Entities as a consolidated group as of March 31, 2016, and the unaudited statements
of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the CCG Entities as a consolidated group for the three (3)-month period ended on March 31, 2016. 

“Closing” shall mean the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

“Closing Date” shall mean the date and time at which the Closing occurs. 

“Closing Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(d). 

“COBRA” shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985. 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“Commitment” shall mean (i) options, warrants, rights of first refusal or first offer, convertible securities,
exchangeable securities, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, calls, puts, voting trusts, registration rights or other rights, agreements or commitments relating to the issuance, disposition or acquisition of a Person’s
capital stock or Voting Debt or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for its equity securities or other Contracts that could require a Person to issue equity securities or to sell equity securities it owns in another Person,
(ii) Voting Debt or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or representing the right to subscribe for any equity securities of a Person or owned by a Person, (iii) statutory pre-emptive rights or
pre-emptive rights granted under a Person’s organizational documents or any other pre-emptive rights and (iv) equity appreciation rights, phantom equity, profit participation, or other similar rights with respect to a Person. 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Company Disclosure Letter” shall mean the disclosure letter, dated as of the date of this Agreement, delivered by the
Company to the Purchaser upon or prior to entering into this Agreement. 
 “Company Intellectual Property” shall mean all
Intellectual Property used in or necessary for the operation of the Business. 
 “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall
mean any change, effect, occurrence or development that: 
 (a) has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties, assets, liabilities or results of operations of the CCG Entities, taken as a whole, provided that to the extent any effect is caused by or results from any of the following, it shall
not be taken into account in determining whether there has been a material adverse effect: 
 (i) changes in conditions in the U.S. economy
or capital or financial markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates; 

  
 4 

 (ii) changes that are the result of factors generally adversely affecting the industries in
which the CCG Entities conduct business; 
 (iii) changes in GAAP or authoritative interpretation thereof; 

(iv) changes in general legal, regulatory, political, economic or business conditions; 

(v) the negotiation, execution, announcement or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including any loss, or threatened loss of, or adverse impact on, the relationships (contractual or otherwise) with, customers, suppliers, distributors, partners or Employees of the CCG Entities (provided that this clause
(v) shall be disregarded for purposes of the “Company Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers contained in the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.2 and Section 4.5); 

(vi) the commencement, occurrence, continuation or escalation of any war, armed hostilities or acts of terrorism involving any geographic
region in which the CCG Entities conduct business; 
 (vii) any action required to be taken by the CCG Entities pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement or any action taken by the CCG Entities with the Purchaser’s consent; 
 (viii) any change in applicable Laws or the
application or authoritative interpretation thereof, including the effects of any duties on products of the type manufactured by the CCG Entities; and 

(ix) any changes, including rescission, cancellation, expiration, moratorium or non-renewal, of any government incentives, rebates or
subsidies relating to the Business (including, but not limited to, geothermal, climate control or other tax credits 
 except in the case of
clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (ix) to the extent that such adverse effect has a materially greater adverse effect on the CCG Entities as compared to other companies operating in the same industries and markets in
which the CCG Entities operate; 
 or 

(b) would, or would reasonably be expected to, have a material adverse effect on the ability of any CCG Entity to perform its obligations under
this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis. 
 For purposes of this Agreement, except to the
extent excluded by clauses (a)(i) through (ix) above, a Company Material Adverse Effect relating to the financial condition or results of operations of the CCG Entities taken as a whole shall be deemed to exist or have
occurred where the aggregate of any such changes, effects, occurrences or developments arising prior to the Closing or resulting in inaccuracies in a representation or warranty by the Seller or the Company herein, would reasonably be expected to
result in (A) Damages of $75,000,000 or more in the aggregate within 12 months of the Closing, or (B) earnings before interest and taxes for any twelve month period ending at the end of a calendar quarter during 2016 being reduced by
more 

  
 5 

 
than $7,500,000. For the avoidance of doubt, a Company Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed not to exist or to have occurred as a result of any changes, effects, occurrences or developments
covered by the immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B) if the thresholds specified in the prior sentence are not exceeded. 

“Competing Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.19(a). 

“Confidential Information” shall mean all information, notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies and other documents
and records that are subject to the confidentiality obligations created by the Confidentiality Agreement. 
 “Confidentiality
Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a). 
 “Consolidated Group” shall mean any
affiliated, combined, consolidated, unitary or similar group with respect to any Taxes, including any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code electing to file consolidated federal Income Tax returns and any similar group
under foreign, state or local law. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means all Taxes of or with respect to the Seller Consolidated
Group. 
 “Contracts” shall mean all binding written or oral agreements, contracts, licenses, leases, or other binding
written or oral commitments, arrangements or plans (including any amendments and other modifications thereto). 
 “Costs”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a). 
 “Covered Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.15(a). 
 “Covered Flex Plan Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.15(f). 
 “D&O Indemnitee” or “D&O Indemnitees” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 6.6(a). 
 “Damages” shall mean all claims, assessments or deficiencies, levies, losses,
fines, penalties, damages, judgments (at equity or law), awards, charges, obligations, liabilities, costs and expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and reasonable and documented attorneys’, accountants’,
investigators’, and experts’ fees and expenses), response, removal or remediation costs under any Environmental Law, including CERCLA and any analogous state Superfund statute; provided that an Indemnified Party’s internal
personnel time, overhead and other internal costs and expenses shall not constitute Damages. 
 “Deductible” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a). 
 “Disclosure Letter Update” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.10. 
 “DOJ” means the United States Department of Justice. 

  
 6 

 “Employee” shall mean, on any given date, each individual who is employed by a
CCG Entity as of such date (including those who are actively employed and are on leave, long or short term disability or other absence from employment). 

“Employee Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a). 

“Enforceability Exceptions” shall mean applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles relating to enforceability, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity. 

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all Laws relating to pollution or protection of the environment (including ambient air,
surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata, and natural resources), including those related to emissions, discharges, exposures, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, but shall not include the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or regulations (including process safety management standards) promulgated by
the Occupational Safety & Health Administration. 
 “Environmental Reports” shall mean environmental site
assessment reports, studies, analyses, compliance audits or assessments that relate to the business of any CCG Entity or any real property owned, operated or leased by CCG Entity. 

“Environmental Tests” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(s). 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder. 
 “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any trade or business, whether or not incorporated,
which, together with such Person, is treated as a single employer under section 414 of the Code. 
 “Escrow Account” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b). 
 “Escrow Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or another
financial institution mutually agreed by the parties hereto. 
 “Escrow Agreement” means that certain Escrow Agreement,
dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Purchaser, the Seller and the Escrow Agent. 
 “Escrow Amount” means the sum
of the Adjustment Escrow Amount and the Indemnification Escrow Amount. 
 “Estimated Statement” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2.3(a). 
 “Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness” shall mean any of the items described in
clauses (i) through (viii) of the definition of CCG Entities Indebtedness to the extent that, at or prior to the Closing, all obligations of the CCG Entities thereunder and all Liens securing such obligations and encumbering
any of the assets of the CCG Entities are either released or paid in full at the sole cost and expense of the Seller or its Affiliates. 

  
 7 

 “Excluded Transaction Expenses” shall mean any of the expenses described in the
definition of Transaction Expenses to the extent that, at the Closing, all obligations of the CCG Entities thereunder are either released or paid in full at the sole cost and expense of the Seller or its Affiliates (other than the CCG Entities).

 “Final Release Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1. 

“First Extended Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(c)(ii). 

“Fraud” means intentional or willful misrepresentation of material facts which constitute common law fraud under applicable
laws. 
 “FTC” means the United States Federal Trade Commission. 

“Fundamental Representations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1. 

“GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles. 

“Government Contract” shall mean any Contract entered into between any CCG Entity and (i) the United States government,
(ii) any prime contractor to the United States government (in its capacity as such) or (iii) any subcontractor with respect to any Contract described in clauses (i) or (ii). 

“Governmental Entity” shall mean any federal, state, local, or foreign government, any political subdivision thereof or any
court, authority, administrative or regulatory agency, department, instrumentality, body or commission or other governmental authority or agency, any self-regulating entity or any self-regulatory organization (including, any stock exchange). 

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean any material, substance or waste that is regulated, classified or otherwise characterized
under or pursuant to any Environmental Law as “hazardous,” “toxic,” a “pollutant,” a “contaminant,” “radioactive,” “solid waste” or words of similar meaning or effect, including petroleum
and any petroleum product, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, lead-based paint, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances. 

“HSR Act” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. 
 “HSR Fee” shall mean an amount equal to the filing fee required in connection with notification
under the HSR Act. 
 “Identified Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(i). 

“Indemnified Benefits Matters” shall mean any excise taxes or penalties imposed as a result of any failure to provide
required election notices to continue coverage under the Seller’s group health plan in a timely manner, as required by COBRA, and for any claims for reimbursement of medical expenses from any qualified beneficiary who did not receive such an
election notice within the time period required by COBRA. 

  
 8 

 “IEC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a)(i). 

“Income Tax” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign Tax measured by or imposed on net income. 

“Indemnification Escrow Amount” means $2,730,000. 

“Indemnification Escrow Fund” means the portion of the Escrow Account designated for the Indemnification Escrow Amount to be
held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. 
 “Indemnified Party” shall mean a
Purchaser Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee who is entitled to indemnification from another party hereto pursuant to Article X. 

“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean any and all Taxes imposed on the Company or for which the Company is otherwise liable that
(i) are allocated or attributable to or incurred or payable by the Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (which, in the case of a Straddle Period, shall be determined in a manner consistent with
Section 6.8(b)(iv), together with any interest, penalty or additions to Tax accruing after the Closing Date on Taxes described in this clause (i), (ii) arise under Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law by virtue of the Company having been a member of a Consolidated Group prior to the Closing, (iii) are imposed by reason of the
Company having liability for Taxes of another Person arising under principles of transferee or successor liability or by contract, other than customary lease agreements, as a result of activities or transactions taking place at or prior to the
Closing, (iv) arise from or are attributable to any breach of any Tax covenant in Section 6.3(m) and Section 6.8, or (v) arise from the inclusion of any income or gain by the Company in any Post-Closing Tax Period
(x) under Section 453 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) in respect of any transaction occurring prior to the Closing, (y) under Section 108(i) of the Code (or any similar provision of state,
local or foreign Law) in respect of any reacquisition occurring at or prior to the Closing, or (z) as a result of any change in accounting method Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) as a result
of the manner in which any item was improperly reported by the Company with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, in each of the above cases, to the extent such Taxes exceed the accrual in respect thereof shown on the Closing Statement as finally
determined. The amount of any Indemnified Taxes shall be computed without regard to any net operating loss, net capital loss or other Tax deduction, credit or benefit that is attributable to, arises from or relates to any Post-Closing Tax Period.

 “Indemnifying Party” shall mean a party hereto who is required to provide indemnification under Article X to
another party hereto. 
 “Information Systems” means the computer software, computer firmware, computer hardware (whether
general purpose or special purpose), telecommunications, equipment, controlled networks, peripherals and computer systems, including any outsourced systems and processes under a CCG Entity’s control, and other similar or related items of
automated, computerized and/or software systems that are owned or controlled by a CCG Entity and used or relied on in connection with the Business, but excluding the Internet. For the avoidance of doubt, any co-located systems shall be deemed to be
under the control of the applicable CCG Entity. 

  
 9 

 “Initial Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 9.1(c)(ii). 
 “Intellectual Property” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the
world, and all intellectual property rights therein and thereto: (i) patents and patent applications and any reissue, continuation, continuation-in-part, division, revision, extension or reexamination thereof, (ii) trademarks, service
marks, logos, slogans (and all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing), trade dress, trade names, domain names, and other indicia of commercial source or origin, including registrations and applications for
registration thereof, and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing (“Trademarks”), (iii) copyrights and rights in copyrightable works, including registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iv) trade
secrets and confidential information, including trade secrets and confidential information regarding patent disclosures, invention disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice), know-how, software, customer and supplier lists, data, databases, processes, protocols, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, techniques, drawings, specifications, and other forms of technology, and
(v) any other intellectual property rights. 
 “Interfering Activities” shall mean (i) encouraging, soliciting,
or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit, or induce, any Person employed by, as an employee or agent of, or a service provider to, any CCG Entity to terminate (or, in the case of an employee, agent or service provider,
terminate or reduce) such Person’s employment, agency or service, as the case may be, with any CCG Entity; (ii) knowingly hiring any Person who was employed by, an employee or agent of, or a service provider to, any CCG Entity, within the
six (6) month period prior to the date of such hiring; or (iii) encouraging, soliciting or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit or induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation (or any direct or
indirect subsidiary of any such customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation) of a CCG Entity known by LSB or the Seller, or knowable after a reasonable inquiry from such Person, to be a customer, supplier, licensee or other business
relation (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of any such customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation) of a CCG Entity to cease doing business with or reduce the amount of business conducted with (including by providing similar services
or products to any such Person) any CCG Entity with respect to the business conducted on the Closing Date by the CCG Entities. For purposes of the foregoing, general solicitations of employment published in a journal, newspaper, internet or other
publication of general circulation or listed on any job site and not specifically directed to any employees of a CCG Entity shall not be deemed to constitute solicitation of such employees so long as no such employees who are known by LSB or the
Seller, after reviewing such employee’s resume and after inquiry to the employee, to be an employee of a CCG Entity are in fact hired during the Restrictive Covenant Period. 

“Knowledge of the Company” shall mean the actual knowledge of those individuals listed in Section 1.1(b) of the
Company Disclosure Letter. 
 “Koax” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a)(i). 

  
 10 

 “Laws” shall mean all laws, statutes, rules, codes, regulations, ordinances,
orders, judgments or decrees of, or issued by, Governmental Entities. 
 “Laws relating to Employment” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 4.12(c). 
 “Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.19(a). 
 “Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(b). 

“Liability Cap” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(b). 

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, lien, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, judgment
lien, easement, servitude or, in each case, any other similar encumbrance of any nature or kind whatsoever. 
 “LSB” shall
have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “LSB Business Marks” shall mean any Trademarks containing or
comprising, the terms “LSB”, “LSB Industries” or “LSB Industries, Inc.” and any “LSB”, “LSB Industries” or “LSB Industries, Inc.” logo, symbol, graphic or similar design mark used or held
for use (whether alone or in combination with other terms) in connection with the Business. 
 “LSB Debt Instruments”
means: 
 (a) the Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2013, among LSB, Seller, the Company, subsidiaries of LSB that are signatories
thereto, and UMB Bank, n.a., as trustee, and each of the other Note Documents (as defined therein), including without limitation, the Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2013, by LSB and the other grantors that are signatories thereto in
favor of UMB Bank, N.A. as Collateral Agent, as supplemented by Supplement No. 1 to Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2014; 

(b) the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, among LSB, Seller, the Company,
subsidiaries of LSB that are signatories thereto, the lenders signatories thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as arranger and administrative agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement and Partial Release, dated as of June 11, 2015, and Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, and each of the other Loan Documents (as defined therein); and

 (c) the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2015, among LSB, Seller, the Company, subsidiaries of LSB that are
signatories thereto, and LSB Funding LLC, and each of the other Notes Documents (as defined therein), including without limitation, the Joinder to Security Agreement, dated November 9, 2015, by LSB Funding LLC, and acknowledged and agreed to by
UMB Bank, n.a., as Collateral Agent, LSB and the guarantors that are signatories thereto. 
 “LSB Debt Released Liens”
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Permitted Liens. 

  
 11 

 “LSB Flex Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(f).

 “LSB Payables” shall mean all trade payables or similar balance sheet items owed by a CCG Entity, on the one hand, to
LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates (other than a CCG Entity), on the other hand, that would not constitute CCG Entities Indebtedness. 

“LSB Receivables” shall mean all trade receivables or similar balance sheet items owed by LSB, the Seller or any of their
respective Affiliates (other than a CCG Entity), on the one hand, to a CCG Entity, on the other hand. 
 “Material
Contracts” shall mean (i) the Assigned Contracts and (ii) the following Contracts to which a CCG Entity is a party or by which any CCG Entity’s properties or assets are bound: 

(a) each Contract (other than Contracts that have been fully performed by all parties thereto and other than spot sales or purchases in the
ordinary course of business substantially on a CCG Entity’s standard terms that are to be settled within ninety (90) days of agreeing to such sale or purchase), for the sale or distribution of products, supplies, goods, materials,
equipment, software, technology or services to one or more CCG Entities requiring payments by one or more CCG Entities, in the aggregate, equal to or greater than (A) $200,000 over the remaining term of such Contract or (B) $100,000 for
the twelve (12) month period ended March 31, 2016; 
 (b) each Contract (other than Contracts that have been fully performed by all
parties thereto and other than spot sales or purchases in the ordinary course of business substantially on a CCG Entity’s standard terms that are to be settled within ninety (90) days of agreeing to such sale or purchase), including
without limitation each Contract with an original equipment manufacturer, for the sale or distribution of products, supplies, goods, materials, equipment, software, technology or services by one or more CCG Entities requiring payments to one or more
CCG Entities, in the aggregate, equal to or greater than (A) $200,000 over the remaining term of such Contract or (B) $100,000 for the twelve (12) month period ended March 31, 2016; 

(c) each Contract (A) that restricts or otherwise affects the ability of a CCG Entity to compete, in any jurisdiction, in any line of
business or with any Person or would so restrict or affect the ability of the Purchaser or its Affiliates (including a CCG Entity) after the Closing, or (B) that contains exclusivity obligations or restrictions binding on a CCG Entity or that
would be binding on the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including a CCG Entity) after the Closing, or (C) that any CCG Entity has entered into with any of the 25 largest customers of the Business based on sales during the twelve
(12) month period ended December 31, 2015 and the three (3) month period ended March 31, 2016 that contains “most-favored-nation” or similar pricing obligations or restrictions binding on a CCG Entity or that would be
binding on the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including a CCG Entity) after the Closing; 
 (d) each collective bargaining agreement or
other Contract with any labor union; 
 (e) each Contract granting any rights of first refusal, first negotiation or first offer with respect
to assets that are material to the conduct of the Business; 

  
 12 

 (f) each Contract to which a CCG Entity is a party for the purchase or sale of any material asset
(other than in the ordinary course of business) for which there are material outstanding obligations with respect to any CCG Entity; 
 (g)
each Real Property Lease; 
 (h) any Contract relating to (A) CCG Entities Indebtedness or (B) Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness;

 (i) any Swap Contract; 
 (j)
each Contract that grants or imposes any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on the material property, plant and equipment of a CCG Entity, the Owned Real Property or the Leased Real Property; 

(k) each Employee Plan, including all single employer or multiemployer pension, profit sharing, retirement, bonus, vacation, option, annuity,
bond purchase, deferred compensation, group life, health and accident insurance and other welfare benefit plans, Contracts, or commitments; 

(l) each Contract between a CCG Entity, on the one hand, and Seller or its Affiliates (other than a CCG Entity), on the other hand; 

(m) each Contract relating to software or information technology, including Contracts regarding support, maintenance and repair of
information-technology assets, that is material to the Business; 
 (n) each Contract relating to capital expenditure items for one or more
CCG Entities (A) in excess of $250,000 by such CCG Entity(ies) for a single project or (B) in excess of $500,000 by such CCG Entity(ies) in the aggregate; 

(o) any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other similar Contracts (including shareholders’ agreements) with any
other Person (including any agreement providing for joint research, development or marketing); 
 (p) any Contract or series of related
Contracts, including any option agreement, relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business, capital stock or assets of any other Person or any material property real or personal (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or
otherwise); 
 (q) any Contract (including any “take-or-pay” or keepwell agreement) under which (A) any Person has directly or
indirectly guaranteed any liabilities or obligations of a CCG Entity or (B) a CCG Entity has directly or indirectly guaranteed any liabilities or obligations of any other Person (in each case other than endorsements for the purpose of
collection in the ordinary course of business); 
 (r) any Contract with a Significant Customer or Significant Supplier; 

(s) any Government Contract; 

  
 13 

 (t) any Contract (other than employment Contracts or Employee Plans) to which a CCG Entity is a
party with any current officer or director of a CCG Entity; 
 (u) any employment or consulting Contract to which a CCG Entity is a party
(other than Employee Plans) for employees, officers, directors or consultants (A) whose compensation thereunder, during any given calendar year, is in excess of $100,000, (B) which provides for a severance payment in excess of $25,000 or
(B) which provides for one or more payments in the event of a change of control; 
 (v) any Contract relating to the licensing of
Intellectual Property by any CCG Entity to a third party or by a third party to any CCG Entity, and all other agreements affecting the CCG Entities’ ability to use or disclose Intellectual Property in connection with the Business, but not
including (A) off the shelf software license agreements with an annual cost of less than $50,000, (B) non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements entered into as part of proposed mergers, acquisitions or similar transactions, or
(C) Contracts described in subsection (m) above; and 
 (w) any other Contract that (A) if terminated or subject to a default
by any party thereto, would, individually or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the CCG Entities or (B) subjects any CCG Entity to material liability, or (C) is otherwise material to the CCG Entities taken as a whole but not
otherwise required to be disclosed in Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter by clauses (i) through (v) above. 

“New Title Coverage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.20. 

“NIBE” shall mean NIBE Industrier AB (publ). 

“Non-Disclosure Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b). 

“Notice of Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5. 

“Notice of Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f). 

“Notices” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(a). 

“Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, without
duplication and to the extent not included as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP: (a) with respect to any asset securitization transaction (including any accounts receivable
purchase facility), the unrecovered investment of purchasers or transferees of assets so transferred and the principal amount of any recourse, repurchase or debt obligations incurred in connection therewith; and (b) the monetary obligations
under any financing lease or so-called “synthetic,” tax retention or off-balance sheet lease transaction which, upon the application of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, arrangement, moratorium or other
similar Laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally to such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, would be characterized as indebtedness. 

  
 14 

 “Open Source License” means (i) any license that is, or is substantially
similar to, a license approved by the Open Source Initiative and listed at http://www.opensource.org/licenses, which licenses include all versions of the Reciprocal Public License, GNU GPL, the GNU LGPL, the GNU Affero GPL, the MIT license, the
Eclipse Public License, the Common Public Attribution License, the CDDL, the Mozilla Public License, the Academic Free License, the BSD license and the Apache license and (ii) any license that requires or that conditions any rights granted in
such license upon: (A) the disclosure, distribution or licensing of any other software; (B) a requirement that any other licensee of the software be permitted to modify, make derivative works of, or reverse engineer any such other
software; (C) a requirement that such other software be redistributable to other licensees; or (D) the grant of any patent rights including non-assertion or patent license obligations. 

“Open Source Software” means any software that is licensed pursuant to an Open Source License, whether or not source code is
available or included in such license. 
 “Owned Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.14(a). 
 “Owned Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(b). 

“Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3. 

“Permits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8. 

“Permitted Liens” shall mean, with respect to a CCG Entity, the following Liens: 

(a) Liens for Taxes, assessments, or other charges or levies imposed by Governmental Entities that either have not become due and payable or
the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the CCG Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP; 

(b) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws or similar
legislation, including Liens of judgments thereunder which are not currently delinquent or dischargeable; 
 (c) workers’,
mechanics’, suppliers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the CCG Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP; 
 (d)
deposits securing or in lieu of surety, appeal or customs bonds in proceedings to which a CCG Entity is a party that do not materially interfere with the conduct of the Business; 

(e) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the financial statements and books of the Company in accordance with GAAP; 

(f) landlords’ Liens under Real Property Leases to secure payments not yet due and payable; 

(g) recorded Liens, rights-of-way, easements, licenses, zoning or other restrictions on the use of real property (including the Real Property),
or minor irregularities in title thereto, which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect, impair or interfere with the occupancy, use, value, ownership or transferability of the property affected thereby; 

  
 15 

 (h) Liens under the LSB Debt Instruments that (A) as of the date of this Agreement are
reasonably expected to be released at the Closing with respect to the CCG Entities, and (B) are released at or prior to the Closing with respect to the CCG Entities (“LSB Debt Released Liens”); and 

(i) any other Lien incurred in the ordinary course of business that does not materially impair the value of any property or the use, enjoyment,
ownership or transferability of such property. 
 “Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a limited
liability partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, a business trust, an unincorporated organization or a Governmental Entity. 

“Policy” or “Policies” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.17. 

“Post-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date
and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Tax period beginning after the Closing Date. 
 “Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Tax period ending on the Closing Date. 

“Pre-Closing Tax Returns” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(b)(ii). 

“Proceedings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9. 

“Product Liability Claim” shall mean any liability, obligation or claim in connection with a product liability claim relating
to or arising from any Product manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed, marketed, licensed or sold by a CCG Entity prior to Closing. 

“Product” shall mean any product manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed, marketed, licensed or sold by a CCG Entity
prior to Closing. 
 “Product Warranty Claims” shall mean product warranty claims proceedings or causes of action for
refunds, recalls, credits, adjustments or replacements relating to or arising from any Product manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed, marketed, licensed or sold by a CCG Entity prior to Closing. 

“Prohibitive Order” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a). 

“Proprietary Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.19(d). 

“Purchase Price” shall mean an amount equal to $364,000,000.00 U.S. Dollars. 

“Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

  
 16 

 “Purchaser DC Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.15(d). 
 “Purchaser Flex Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(f). 

“Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.16. 

“Purchaser Indemnification Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(d). 

“Purchaser Indemnitees” shall mean the Purchaser, its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the CCG Entities) and the
officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives of the Purchaser or its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the CCG Entities), and the heirs, executors, successors and permitted assigns of any of the foregoing. 

“Purchaser Liability Cap” means $74,730,000. 

“Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any event, change, occurrence, effect, fact or circumstance having a material
adverse effect on the ability of the Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis. 

“Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy” shall mean the representation and warranty insurance policy issued as of the Closing
Date to the Purchaser by the Purchaser R&W Insurance Provider in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

“Purchaser R&W Insurance Provider” shall mean, together, Ironshore Insurance Services LLC and Chubb Transactional Risk.

 “Purchaser Related Party” shall mean (a) the Purchaser, (b) any former, current and future holders of any
equity, partnership or limited liability company interest, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners, stockholders and assignees of any Person named in
foregoing clause (a), and (b) any former, current and future holders of any equity, partnership or limited liability company interest, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates,
members, managers, general or limited partners, stockholders and assignees of any of the foregoing. 
 “Purchaser Severance
Costs” means (i) all Severance Costs paid to Identified Employees in excess of $1,500,000 in the aggregate and (ii) all Severance Costs paid to Employees that are not Identified Employees with respect to a termination of
employment or separation from service on or following the Closing; provided, however, that in determining the amount of Purchaser Severance Costs pursuant to clause (i) above, no Severance Cost shall be taken into account
that is (A) a payment made pursuant to the Retention Awards, or (B) in excess of the amounts specified to be paid to an Identified Employee in the Severance Policies and Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser Severance Costs
shall include any payments or Damages payable (i) to any Identified Employee pursuant to the WARN Act in excess of the amounts specified to be paid to an Identified Employee in the Severance Policies and Agreements and (ii) to any Employee
that is not an Identified Employee. 
 “Real Property” shall mean the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property.

  
 17 

 “Real Property Lease” shall mean each lease, sublease and other written Contract
pursuant to which a CCG Entity is granted the right to use or occupy, now or in the future, any real property or any portion thereof, including any and all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and any assignments and guarantees thereof.

 “Registered Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a). 

“Release” shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
dumping or disposing into the environment. 
 “Reserved Amount” or “Reserved Amounts” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 10.3(e). 
 “Restrictive Covenant Period” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.19(a). 
 “Retention Award” shall include the cash retention bonus agreements and restricted stock
awards granted by LSB to certain Employees prior to the Closing Date. 
 “Scrape Excluded Representation” means each of
Section 4.6(a) and Section 4.7. 
 “Second Extended Termination Date” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 9.1(c)(ii). 
 “Section 338(h)(10) Elections” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 6.8(a)(i). 
 “Section 4.13 Knowledge Period” means the period beginning on May 11, 2006
and ending on May 11, 2011. 
 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Seller” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Seller 401(k) Plan” shall mean the LSB Industries, Inc. 401(k) Plan. 

“Seller Consolidated Group” shall mean the Consolidated Group of which LSB is the parent for U.S. federal income tax purposes
and the CCG Entities are members. 
 “Seller Consolidated Return” shall mean any Tax Return of the Seller Consolidated
Group. 
 “Seller Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.15. 

“Seller Indemnitees” shall mean the Seller and its Affiliates (excluding, after the Closing, the CCG Entities) and the
officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives of the Seller or its Affiliates (excluding, after the Closing, the CCG Entities), and the heirs, executors, successors and permitted assigns of any of the foregoing. 

  
 18 

 “Seller Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any event, change, occurrence,
effect, fact or circumstance having a material adverse effect on the ability of the Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis. 

“Seller Severance Costs” means (A) all payments made pursuant to Retention Awards and (B) all Severance Costs paid
to (i) Identified Employees (including any Person identified in Section 6.15(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter as to be deemed an Identified Employee) up to a maximum of $1,500,000 in the aggregate (ignoring for purposes of this
clause (B)(i) any payment made pursuant to any Retention Award) and (ii) Employees that are not Identified Employees with respect to a termination of employment or separation from service prior to the Closing. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Seller Severance Costs shall not include any payments or Damages payable (i) to any Identified Employee pursuant to the WARN Act in excess of the amounts specified to be paid to an Identified Employee in the Severance Policies and
Agreements or (ii) to any Employee that is not an Identified Employee. 
 “Severance Costs” means any liability,
payment, increase in payment, or acceleration of vesting paid or payable to any Employee as a result of a termination of employment or separation from service with a CCG Entity, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments or Damages payable
pursuant to the WARN Act or COBRA. 
 “Severance Policies and Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the severance
practices or policies applicable to the Employees in effect on the date of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the routine severance schedule approved by the Board of Directors of LSB prior to the date of this Agreement) and described on
Annex C attached hereto, and (ii) any written agreements in effect on the date of this Agreement applicable to any Employee providing for any payment, increase in payment, or acceleration of vesting as a result of termination of
employment or separation from service with a CCG Entity. 
 “Shared Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.18(c). 
 “Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the first recital hereto. 

“Significant Customers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.22. 

“Significant Suppliers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.22. 

“Standards” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Working Capital. 

“Straddle Period” shall mean any Tax period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date. 

“Straddle Tax Returns” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(b)(ii). 

“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any entity in which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries owns or has
the power to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests in such entity having general voting power to participate in the election of the governing body of such entity. 

  
 19 

 “Survival Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward
rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions,
interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar
transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any
kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master
Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 

“Tax” or “Taxes” shall mean any taxes, assessments, fees, and other governmental charges imposed by any
Governmental Entity, including income, profits, gross receipts, net proceeds, alternative or add on minimum, ad valorem, value added, turnover, sales, use, property, personal property (tangible and intangible), environmental, stamp, leasing, lease,
user, excise, duty, franchise, capital stock, transfer, registration, license, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll, employment, social contributions, fuel, excess profits, occupational, premium, windfall
profit, severance, estimated, or other charge of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, and the liability for the payment of any amounts described in the foregoing arising from being or having been a member of a
Consolidated Group or a party to any Tax Agreement on or before the Closing. 
 “Tax Accountant” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 6.8(b)(iii). 
 “Tax Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.10(e). 
 “Tax Proceeding” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(c). 

“Tax Returns” shall mean any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to
Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof. 
 “Termination Date” shall mean
the Initial Termination Date (or the First Extended Termination Date or the Second Extended Termination Date if properly extended by the Purchaser in accordance with Section 9.1(c)(ii). 

“Third Party Claim” shall mean any claim, demand, notice, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, audit, complaint,
investigation, dispute or like matter which is asserted or threatened by a Person other than a Purchaser Indemnitee, a Seller Indemnitee or their successors and permitted assigns, against any Indemnified Party or to which any Indemnified Party is
subject and that may give rise to a right of indemnification under Article X. 

  
 20 

 “Title Documents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.20.

 “Title Insurer” shall mean First American Title Company, 501 North Walker, Suite 170, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
73102. 
 “Trademarks” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Intellectual Property.” 

“Transaction Expenses” shall mean an amount equal to all attorneys’, accountants’, investment banking and other
professional or advisor fees and any brokers’, finders’ or similar fees (including any audit fees and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of the CCG Financial Statements) incurred by a CCG Entity prior to
the Closing in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the proposed sale of the Shares and not paid before the payment contemplated in Section 2.3(c). Transaction Expenses shall also include the
underwriting fee and premium for the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy up to a maximum of $2,500,000, with any excess over such amount to be paid directly by the Purchaser. Transaction Expenses shall not include any Excluded Transaction Expenses.

 “Transaction Price” shall mean the aggregate sum of the Purchase Price, plus (i) the amount of Cash,
plus (ii) the LSB Receivables (as of immediately prior to the Closing), minus (iii) the LSB Payables (as of immediately prior to the Closing), minus (iv) the amount of CCG Entities Indebtedness as of immediately
prior to the Closing, minus (v) the amount of Transaction Expenses. The amount of the Transaction Price shall also be reduced by the amount, if any, by which the Working Capital Target exceeds the amount of Working Capital, or increased
by the amount, if any, by which the amount of Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target. Solely for the purposes of determining the Transaction Price at the Closing, the Transaction Price shall be based on the Estimated Statement determined
in accordance with Section 2.3(a). The Transaction Price shall be subject to adjustment following the Closing as provided in Section 2.3(f). In calculating the various adjustments to the Transaction Price, no single item
shall be given duplicative effect. 
 “Transfer Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(e). 

“Transferred Account Balances” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(f). 

“Transition Services Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a). 

“Treasury” shall mean U.S. Department of the Treasury. 

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America. 

“U.S. Dollars”, “U.S. $”, “Dollars” and “$” means the lawful currency of
the United States. 
 “Voting Debt” shall mean indebtedness having general voting rights and debt convertible into
securities having such rights. 
 “WARN Act” shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, and
any similar state or local law. 

  
 21 

 “Working Capital” shall mean the sum of the current assets (excluding current
LSB Receivables, Cash, any asset that would constitute a Transaction Expense, any income Taxes receivable, any deferred Tax assets and any asset related to commodity, interest rate or foreign currency hedges), minus the sum of the current
liabilities (including other trade accounts payable, customer advance payments and other current liabilities in each case arising in the ordinary course of business, but excluding current LSB Payables, CCG Entities Indebtedness, Transaction
Expenses, any liability related to commodity, interest rate or currency hedges, any income Taxes payable and any deferred Tax liabilities) of the CCG Entities, in each case determined as of immediately prior to the Closing in accordance with this
Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of the CCG Financial Statements for the twelve (12) month period ended December 31, 2015 (i.e., using the
adjustments, methodologies and judgments as set forth on Annex A attached hereto and that were used in the preparation of such CCG Financial Statements) (the “Standards”). In calculating the Working Capital,
(i) there should be no change in the classification to a current asset of any particular asset that has not previously been characterized as a current asset, or the classification to a long term liability of any particular liability that has
not previously been characterized as a long term liability (in each case, other than any such change resulting solely from the passage of time between the date hereof and the Closing) or which is of a type that has not previously been characterized
as current or long term, as the case may be, (ii) except as described in clause (iii) below, no reserve reflected in the balance sheet contained in the CCG Financial Statements for the twelve (12) month period ended
December 31, 2015 shall be increased, reduced or eliminated except due to a reduction or elimination by reason of payment or cash settlement, or changes to the reserve made in accordance with the Company’s existing accounting policies and
procedures as set forth on Annex A attached hereto and (iii) the entire workers’ compensation and general liability insurance reserves shall be included as current liabilities, regardless of the manner in which it has
historically been carried. For illustration, attached as Annex B is a sample calculation of Working Capital of the CCG Entities as of March 31, 2016 based on the unaudited balance sheet of the CCG Entities as of March 31, 2016.

 “Working Capital Target” shall mean $45,000,000. 

Section 1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions. 

(a) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. 
 (b) The term “control” (including the terms
“controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by Contract or otherwise. 
 (c) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural
forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. 

  
 22 

 (d) Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are
used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. 
 (e) The terms “day” and
“days” mean and refer to calendar day(s). 
 (f) The terms “year” and “years” mean and refer to calendar
year(s). 
 (g) The word “or” is inclusive and not exclusive. 

(h) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such
agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and
references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. 

(i) All Article, Section, Annex, Exhibit and Schedule references herein are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement,
unless otherwise specified. 
 (j) This Agreement shall not be construed as if prepared by one particular party, but rather according to its
fair meaning as a whole, as if all parties had prepared it and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall
arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE II 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES: CLOSING AND MANNER OF PAYMENT 

Section 2.1 Agreement to Purchase and Sell the Shares. On the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement, at
the Closing, the Seller shall sell, assign, transfer and deliver to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from the Seller, the Shares, free and clear of all Liens. 

Section 2.2 Time and Manner of Payment of Transaction Price. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to the
Transaction Price (consisting of adjustments to the Purchase Price as specified in the definition of “Transaction Price”), and will make the following disbursements in cash: 

(a) to the Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller to the Purchaser not less than two
(2) Business Days prior to Closing, an amount equal to the Transaction Price less the Escrow Amount, and 
 (b) to the Escrow Agent, by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Escrow Agent to the Purchaser not less than two (2) Business Days prior to Closing, the Escrow Amount into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) to
be held by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement. 

  
 23 

 Section 2.3 Adjustments to the Purchase Price and Related Matters. 

(a) Preparation of Estimated Statement. No later than six (6) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall provide to
the Purchaser a statement (the “Estimated Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail and with reasonable supporting documentation the calculation of the Transaction Price, including calculations of (i) the estimated amount
of Cash, (ii) the estimated amount of Working Capital, (iii) the estimated amount of CCG Entities Indebtedness, LSB Receivables and LSB Payables, in each case as of immediately prior to Closing and (iv) the estimated amount of
Transaction Expenses. The Seller shall cause the Estimated Statement to be prepared in accordance with this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement and otherwise applicable to the particular calculation, GAAP on a basis
consistent with the Standards. For illustration, attached as Annex D is a sample calculation of the Estimated Statement as of March 31, 2016 based on the unaudited balance sheet of the CCG Entities as of March 31, 2016
(assuming for purposes thereof that the Closing occurred on such date). 
 (b) Release of Obligations and Liens for CCG Entities Excluded
Indebtedness. At the Closing, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser evidence as to the release or payment in full of all Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness and showing that all Liens securing Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness (for the
avoidance of doubt, including LSB Debt Instruments) and encumbering any asset of any CCG Entity have been released or are being released concurrently with the Closing. 

(c) Payment of Transaction Expenses. At the Closing, the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser evidence, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, that (x) each CCG Entity has been released from all Excluded Transaction Expenses or (y) all Excluded Transaction Expenses have been repaid by the Seller. 

(d) Closing Statement Preparation. Promptly following the Closing, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the Closing,
the Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and deliver to Seller a statement (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail and with reasonable supporting documentation its calculation of the Transaction
Price, including calculations of (i) the amount of Cash, (ii) the amount of Working Capital, (iii) the amount of CCG Entities Indebtedness, LSB Receivables and LSB Payables, in each case as of immediately prior to Closing and
(iv) the amount of Transaction Expenses. The Purchaser shall prepare the Closing Statement in accordance with this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement and otherwise applicable to the particular calculation, GAAP on
a basis consistent with the Standards. If the Purchaser does not deliver the Closing Statement when required, the Seller may prepare and deliver a Closing Statement to the Purchaser within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the Closing,
and, in such case, the Purchaser shall have the Seller’s objection rights under Section 2.3(f). If neither the Purchaser nor the Seller prepares and delivers a Closing Statement as provided herein, then the Estimated Statement shall
be deemed also to be the final Closing Statement binding on the parties hereto. 
 (e) Access to Information. Each of the Seller and
the Purchaser and the Company shall grant the other parties and their authorized accounting and legal representatives reasonable access to such work papers and books and records or other documents and information as any such other party or its
representatives may reasonably request relating to the 

  
 24 

 
calculation of the Transaction Price and shall make appropriate officers reasonably available to assist each other party or its representatives and respond to questions, in each case as such
other party may reasonably request in connection with its review of the estimated Closing Statement, the Closing Statement and the Notice of Dispute. 

(f) Notices of Disputes. The Seller shall have a period of forty-five (45) days after the delivery of the Closing Statement by the
Purchaser to give the Purchaser written notice of any dispute regarding the amounts reflected in the Closing Statement. If the Seller does not give the Purchaser written notice of a dispute, the Closing Statement shall be deemed to have been
accepted and agreed to by the Seller in the form in which it was delivered, and shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Any written notice of a dispute regarding the Closing Statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the elements and
amounts with which the Seller disagrees (a “Notice of Dispute”). The Seller shall be deemed to have agreed to all other elements and amounts contained in the Closing Statement not specifically disputed. During the forty-five
(45) day period following the delivery of a Notice of Dispute, the Purchaser and the Seller shall make reasonable good faith efforts to attempt to resolve such dispute and agree in writing upon the final content of the disputed Closing
Statement or to stipulate to such portion thereof with respect to which there is no dispute. 
 (g) Dispute Resolution. If the parties
cannot resolve or stipulate to all disputes relating to the Closing Statement within the forty-five (45) day period referenced above, the matters with respect to which no resolution or stipulation can be reached (and, for avoidance of doubt,
only such matters) shall be submitted to and resolved by the independent accounting firm of PwC or another independent recognized international accounting firm mutually agreed by the parties, provided that it has not provided auditing,
consulting or other services to any of the parties hereto during the three years prior to the date hereof, or if such firm is unable or unwilling to serve, by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to the Seller and
the Purchaser (the “Accounting Experts”), who shall act as experts and not as arbitrators. The Purchaser and the Seller shall each promptly enter into a customary engagement letter with the Accounting Experts and shall instruct the
Accounting Experts that the written determination (which shall contain the underlying reasoning) of the Accounting Experts with respect to such unresolved disputed items and the accuracy of the Closing Statement as a result of the resolution of such
disputed items shall be completed and distributed to the Purchaser and the Seller as soon as practicable after the engagement of the Accounting Experts; provided that the Purchaser and the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to
cause the Accounting Experts to make a determination within forty-five (45) days (or such other time as the Seller and the Purchaser shall agree in writing) after its engagement. The Purchaser and the Seller shall instruct the Accounting
Experts that its determination shall be made in accordance with this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement and otherwise applicable to the particular calculation, GAAP on a basis consistent with the Standards. In no event
shall the Accounting Experts’ determination of the unresolved disputed items be for an amount outside the range of the Seller’s and the Purchaser’s disputed amounts. The Purchaser and the Seller and their respective accountants shall
each make readily available to the Accounting Experts all work papers and books and records relating to the unresolved disputed items as the Accounting Experts may reasonably request to perform their function. The Purchaser and the Seller shall
cooperate with the Accounting Experts in connection with this Section 2.3(g). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser and the Seller shall each provide (or cause to be

  
 25 

 
provided) to the Accounting Experts all information and records, and to make available at any proceeding all personnel, as are reasonably necessary to permit the Accounting Experts to resolve any
disputes pursuant to this Section 2.3(g). Each of the Purchaser and the Seller may submit information or make presentations to the Accounting Experts relating to the item or items in dispute so long as a copy of any such submission is
provided simultaneously to the other party and so long as both parties are allowed to be present during any such presentation. The decision of the Accounting Experts shall be final and binding on all parties and the Closing Statement as determined
by the Accounting Experts (including the final amounts of Cash, Transaction Expenses, CCG Entities Indebtedness, LSB Receivables and LSB Payables, in each case as of immediately prior to Closing and Working Capital contained therein) shall
constitute the final and binding Closing Statement. The fees, costs and expenses of the Accounting Experts shall be borne equally by the Purchaser and the Seller. 

(h) Transaction Price True-Up Payment. 

(i) If the Transaction Price, as finally determined as provided in Section 2.3(d) or Section 2.3(g), as applicable, is
less than the Transaction Price as set forth in the Estimated Statement, then the Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver a joint written authorization to the Escrow Agent within two (2) Business Days from the date on which the Transaction Price
is finally determined in accordance with Section 2.3(d) or Section 2.3(g), instructing the Escrow Agent to release from the Adjustment Escrow (A) to the Purchaser an amount in cash equal to the amount of such deficiency
and (B) to the Seller the remainder, if any, of the funds designated for the Adjustment Escrow. If the deficiency exceeds the amount held for the Adjustment Escrow, then the Seller shall pay to the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to an account designated by the Purchaser to the Seller the amount of any such additional deficiency within three (3) Business Days after the final determination of the Transaction Price. 

(ii) If the Transaction Price, as finally determined as provided in Section 2.3(d) or Section 2.3(g), as applicable,
exceeds the Transaction Price as set forth in the Estimated Statement, then the Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver a joint written authorization to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to release to the Seller all of the funds designated
for the Adjustment Escrow, and the Purchaser shall pay the Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in Section 2.2 (or to such other account as the Seller may indicate by written notice to the
Purchaser delivered at least two (2) Business Days in advance) the amount of the excess within six (6) Business Days after the final determination of the Transaction Price. If the Purchaser fails to pay such excess by such date, on and
after that date the Seller may deliver a written authorization to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to release to the Seller an amount in cash equal to such excess from the Indemnification Escrow Fund, and the Indemnification Escrow Amount
(and Seller’s indemnification obligations with respect to such amount) shall be permanently reduced by such amount. If the excess exceeds the amount held in the Indemnification Escrow Account, then the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller by wire
transfer of immediately available funds the amount of any such additional excess within six (6) Business Days after the final determination of the Transaction Price to the account specified in Section 2.2 (or to such other account
as the Seller may indicate by written notice to the Purchaser delivered at least two (2) Business Days in advance). 

  
 26 

 (iii) If the Transaction Price, as finally determined as provided in Section 2.3(d)
or Section 2.3(g), as applicable, is equal to the Transaction Price as set forth in the Estimated Statement, then the Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver a joint written authorization to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to
release to the Seller all of the funds designated for the Adjustment Escrow. 
 Section 2.4 Manner of Delivery of the Shares. At
the Closing, the Seller shall deliver certificates representing the Shares to the Purchaser, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank, and otherwise in proper form for transfer. 

Section 2.5 Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and for the avoidance of doubt, (a) each
payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made net of any Taxes required by applicable Law to be deducted or withheld from such payment and (b) any amounts deducted or withheld from any such payment shall be remitted to the applicable
taxing authority and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid. 
 ARTICLE III 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER 

Except as disclosed on the Company Disclosure Letter (subject to Section 11.10), the Seller hereby represents and warrants to the
Purchaser, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (except in each case to the extent that such representations and warranties speak only as of a specific date, as of such date), as follows: 

Section 3.1 Ownership of the Shares; Good Title Conveyed. 

(a) The Seller is the owner, beneficially and of record, of the Shares. The delivery to the Purchaser of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement
will transfer to the Purchaser all right, title and interest in and to such Shares, free and clear of all Liens. 
 (b) The stock
certificates, stock powers, endorsements and assignments to be executed and delivered by the Seller to the Purchaser at the Closing will be valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and will
effectively vest in the Purchaser title to, and ownership of, the Shares at Closing pursuant to and as contemplated by this Agreement free and clear of all Liens. 

Section 3.2 Due Organization; Qualification. The Seller is a limited liability company duly formed and validly existing under the
laws of Oklahoma. The Seller is duly qualified or licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than in such
jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Seller Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 3.3 Authorization; Noncontravention. Each of the Seller and its Affiliates has the requisite corporate (or partnership or
limited liability company, as applicable) power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions

  
 27 

 
contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party by each of the Seller and its Affiliates and the
consummation by the Seller and its Affiliates of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary board and stockholder (or manager and member, as applicable) action on the part of the Seller
and any such Affiliate. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and LSB and, assuming that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the
Seller and LSB, enforceable against them in accordance with the terms hereof, except as such enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller do not, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the execution and delivery of the Ancillary Agreements will not, (a) conflict with any of the provisions of the articles of organization, the operating agreement, the articles/certificate of
incorporation, the bylaws or any other organizational document of the Seller and its Affiliates, in each as amended, (b) require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration or filing with, notice to, or action by, any Person under,
conflict with, result in a breach of or default (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) under, or cause or permit termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or, the loss of any benefit under, any
Contract to which the Seller or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which the Seller, any of its Affiliates or any of their assets is bound or subject, or any material permits affecting the assets or business of the Seller, (c) result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien, other than Permitted Liens or Liens in favor of the Purchaser, on the assets of the Seller or any of its Affiliates, or (d) contravene any domestic or foreign Laws or any writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award currently in effect, except, in the case of clauses (b), (c) and (d) above, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Seller Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 3.4 Consents and Approvals. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any
Governmental Entity which has not been received or made, is required to be obtained by the Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement by the Seller and any of its
Affiliates to which it is a party, or the consummation by the Seller and any of its applicable Affiliates of any of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for (a) such filings, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals
as may be required under, and other applicable requirements of, the HSR Act and the competition Laws of other jurisdictions, (b) the consents, approvals, authorizations, filing or notices set forth in Section 3.4 of the Company
Disclosure Letter and (c) any other consents, approvals, authorizations, filings or notices which, if not made or obtained, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Seller Material Adverse Effect. 

ARTICLE IV 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND THE COMPANY 

Except as disclosed on the Company Disclosure Letter (subject to Section 11.10), the Seller and the Company, jointly and
severally, hereby represent and warrant to the Purchaser, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (except in each case to the extent that such representations and warranties speak only as of a specific date, as of such date), as
follows: 

  
 28 

 Section 4.1 Corporate Power. Each CCG Entity is a corporation duly formed and validly
existing under the laws of the state of organization. Accurate and complete copies of the certificates of incorporation and the bylaws of each CCG Entity, as amended, have been made available to the Purchaser. Each CCG Entity is duly qualified or
licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or leasing of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or
licensed would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.2 Authorization;
Noncontravention. Each CCG Entity has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party by a CCG Entity and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate action on the part of the applicable CCG Entity and, to the extent necessary, any Affiliate of such CCG Entity. No vote of, or consent by, the holders of any class or series
of capital stock or Voting Debt (if any) issued by the Company is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents contemplated to be executed by the Company or the consummation by it of
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, constitutes the valid and binding
obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by the Enforceability Exceptions. Except as set forth in Section 4.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter, the
execution and delivery by a CCG Entity of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party will
not, (a) conflict with any of the provisions of the certificates of incorporation or the bylaws of such CCG Entity, as amended, (b) require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration or filing with, notice to, or action by, any
Person under, conflict with, result in a breach of or default (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) or cause or permit termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit
under, any material Permits or Contract to which a CCG Entity is a party or by which a CCG Entity or any Asset is bound or subject, (c) result in the creation of any Liens other than Permitted Liens on any Assets or (d) contravene any
domestic or foreign Laws applicable to the Seller or its Affiliates or any writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award currently in effect and binding on the Seller or its Affiliates, except, in the case of clauses (b),
(c) and (d) above, as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.3 Capitalization. The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding stock in the Company and there are no
outstanding Commitments regarding the stock of the Company. The Shares are issued and outstanding and are owned by the Seller free and clear of any Liens (other than LSB Debt Released Liens). The Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued
and are fully paid and non-assessable. There are no outstanding Commitments that would permit any Person to acquire any stock in the Company. 

  
 29 

 Section 4.4 Subsidiaries. Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter
identifies each Subsidiary of the Company or of any other CCG Entity. Except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no CCG Entity owns or holds any equity interests, or Commitments with respect to equity interests,
in any other Person. The shares of each CCG Entity identified in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter constitute all of the issued and outstanding stock in such CCG Entity and there are no outstanding Commitments regarding the
stock of such CCG Entity. Other than the Shares, the stock of each CCG Entity identified in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter is issued and outstanding, owned by the applicable CCG Entity identified in Section 4.4 of
the Company Disclosure Letter free and clear of any Liens (other than LSB Debt Released Liens), has been duly authorized and validly issued, and is fully paid and non-assessable. There are no outstanding Commitments that would permit any Person,
other than a CCG Entity, to acquire any stock in a CCG Entity identified in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Letter. 

Section 4.5 Consents and Approvals. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any
Governmental Entity which has not been received or made, is required to be obtained by any CCG Entity in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which such CCG Entity is a party by such CCG Entity
or the consummation by such CCG Entity of any of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for (a) such filings, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals set forth in Section 4.5 of the Company Disclosure
Letter, and other applicable requirements of, the HSR Act and (b) any other approvals, consents, approvals, authorizations, declarations, filings or notices which, if not made or obtained, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a
Company Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 4.6 CCG Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Material Liabilities. 

(a) The CCG Financial Statements have been delivered or made available to the Purchaser. The CCG Financial Statements (i) have been
prepared from the books and records of the CCG Entities (which books and records are accurate and complete in all material respects), (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, except as disclosed in
Section 4.6(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter and (iii) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the CCG Entities as of the dates thereof and its results of
operations for the periods then ended, all in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied. 
 (b) Except as set forth in
Section 4.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the CCG Entities have in place a system of internal accounting controls with respect to the business of the CCG Entities which, to the Knowledge of the Company, is sufficient to provide
reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and (ii) recorded accountability for items is compared with actual levels at reasonable
intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. 
 (c) Except as set forth in Section 4.6(c) of the
Company Disclosure Letter, for the last thirty-six (36) months, neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates (including any CCG Entity) nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any employee, officer or representative of the Seller or any of
its Affiliates (including any CCG Entity) has received notice of any material 

  
 30 

 
complaint, allegation, assertion or claim regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of any CCG Entity or any CCG Entity’s internal accounting
controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that a CCG Entity has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices. 

(d) Except as set forth in Section 4.6(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the CCG Entities have no liabilities or obligations
required to be reflected or reserved against on a balance sheet of any CCG Entity prepared in accordance with GAAP, whether known, unknown, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due, except liabilities or
obligations (i) reflected or reserved against on the CCG Financial Statements, (ii) incurred after December 31, 2015 in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (iii) as would not, individually or in the
aggregate, be materially adverse to the CCG Entities, and (iv) specifically contemplated by this Agreement and incurred after the date hereof. None of the CCG Entities has any Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities. 

Section 4.7 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as disclosed in Section 4.7 of the Company Disclosure Letter, since
January 1, 2016, (a) each CCG Entity has conducted its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (b) there has not been and does not exist any event, occurrence, development or state of circumstances
or facts which, individually or in the aggregate, has had or could be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (c) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to any assets of any CCG
Entity in excess of $50,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate and (d) nothing has occurred that would have been prohibited by Section 6.3 if the terms of such section had been in effect as of and after January 1, 2016.

 Section 4.8 Compliance with Laws; Permits. Except as set forth in Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter,
and except as related to compliance with Environmental Laws or other environmental matters (which is the subject of Section 4.13), Laws relating to Taxes (which is the subject of Section 4.10), Laws relating to labor and
employment (which is the subject of Section 4.12) and Laws relating to employee benefits (including, without limitation, ERISA) (which is the subject of Section 4.11), (a) each CCG Entity is, and has been for the last
twenty-four (24) months, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws applicable to such CCG Entity, (b) no CCG Entity has, in the last twenty-four (24) months, received any written communication from any Governmental Entity
that alleges that any CCG Entity is not in compliance in any material respect with any Law that has not been resolved, and (c) each CCG Entity holds all licenses, franchises, permits, certificates, approvals and authorizations from Governmental
Authorities necessary for the lawful conduct of the Business (collectively, “Permits”), except where the failure to hold the same would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.9 Litigation. Except as related to Environmental Laws or other environmental matters (which is the subject of
Section 4.13), Laws relating to Taxes (which is the subject of Section 4.10), Laws relating to labor and employment (which is the subject of Section 4.12), and Laws relating to employee benefits (including,
without limitation, ERISA) (which is the subject of Section 4.11), and except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Letter, there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened legal or
administrative proceedings, cease and desist letters, mediations, citations, summonses, subpoenas, hearings, claims, suits, actions, arbitrations or investigations of any nature, in Law or 

  
 31 

 
in equity, by or before any court or other Governmental Entity or arbitrator or mediator (“Proceedings”) against or involving any CCG Entity or any CCG Entity’s assets or
rights, nor is there any injunction, order, judgment, ruling or decree imposed upon any CCG Entity, in each case, that, if decided adversely to the applicable CCG Entity, would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 4.10 Taxes. Except as set forth in Section 4.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter: 

(a) Each CCG Entity has timely filed, or has caused to be timely filed on its behalf (taking into account any valid extension of time within
which to file), all material Tax Returns required to be filed. Each such Tax Return (other than a Seller Consolidated Return) is accurate and complete in all material respects, and each Seller Consolidated Return (to the extent related to the CCG
Entities) is accurate and complete in all material respects. 
 (b) All material Taxes owed by any member of the Seller Consolidated Group
that are or have become due (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) for which any CCG Entity could have liability have been timely paid in full, and all material Tax withholding and deposit requirements imposed on any member of the Seller
Consolidated Group for which any CCG Entity could have liability have been satisfied in full in all material respects. 
 (c) No assessment,
deficiency or adjustment has been asserted or proposed, and no audits or administrative or judicial proceedings are being conducted, with respect to any material Taxes or Tax Returns of the Seller Consolidated Group for which any CCG Entity could
have liability. There is no written agreement or other document waiving or extending, or having the effect of waiving or extending, the statute of limitations or the period of assessment or collection of any material Taxes of the Seller Consolidated
Group for which any CCG Entity could have liability, and no written power of attorney with respect to any such Taxes has been filed or entered into with any Governmental Entity which has not been previously terminated. No jurisdiction (whether
within or outside the United States) in which a CCG Entity has not filed a particular type of Tax Return or paid a particular type of material Tax has asserted in writing that such CCG Entity is required to file such Tax Return or pay such type of
Tax in such jurisdiction. 
 (d) There are no Liens (other than Liens described in clause (a) of the definition of Permitted
Liens) on any of the assets of a CCG Entity that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any material Tax. 
 (e) No
CCG Entity is a party to or bound by any Tax sharing agreement, Tax indemnity agreement or other contractual agreement relating primarily to Taxes other than customary lease agreements (“Tax Agreement”). Other than the Seller
Consolidated Group, in the past four years no CCG Entity has been a member of a Consolidated Group nor has any CCG Entity had any liability for the Taxes of any Person (whether under Treasury Regulation
Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, as a transferee or successor, pursuant to a Tax Agreement or otherwise). No CCG Entity has received or applied for a Tax ruling or
entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code (or any predecessor provision or any similar provision of state or local Law), in either case that would be binding upon a CCG Entity after the Closing Date. 

  
 32 

 (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including any provision set forth in
Section 4.10), no CCG Entity makes any representation or warranty with respect to the existence, availability, amount, usability or limitations (or lack thereof) of any net operating loss, net operating loss carryforward, capital loss,
capital loss carryforward, basis amount or other Tax attribute (whether federal, state, local or foreign) of any CCG Entity after the Closing Date. The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.10 are the sole
representations and warranties relating to Taxes and no other representations or warranties contained in this Agreement shall be construed to cover any matter involving Taxes. 

(g) No CCG Entity will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable
period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date, as a result of any (i) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date under Section 481 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of
state, local or foreign income Tax law), (ii) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, or (iii) any election pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code (or any similar provision of state,
local or foreign law) made with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period. No CCG Entity has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(c). No
CCG Entity has been a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” within the meaning of Section 355 of the Code (x) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (y) in a distribution that
could otherwise constitute a “plan” or “series of related transactions” in conjunction with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. No CCG Entity is a party to a “gain recognition agreement” within the meaning
of the Treasury Regulations under Section 367 of the Code. No withholding of Taxes is required in connection with the payment of the Transaction Price. 

(h) The Seller has not elected to be classified as an association for federal income tax purposes pursuant to
Section 301.7701-3 of the Treasury Regulations and has at all times been disregarded as an entity separate from LSB. 

Section 4.11 Employee Benefit Plans. 

(a) Section 4.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of (i) material “employee benefit plans”
(within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), and all material stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, retiree health or life insurance, retirement, supplemental
retirement, severance or other benefit plans, programs or arrangements, that are maintained, contributed to or sponsored by any CCG Entity or any of their Affiliates in which any Employee participates immediately prior to the Closing for the benefit
of any Employee, but not to include the Retention Awards, which are specifically excluded herefrom, and (ii) material employment, retention, termination, change in control, severance or other similar contracts or agreements pursuant to which
any CCG Entity has any material obligation with respect to any Employee, as applicable (the plans, programs, arrangements, contracts and agreements described in clauses (i) and (ii) above are hereinafter referred to as the
“Employee Plans”). Accurate and complete copies of all plan documents, summary plan descriptions, the most recent applicable Internal Revenue Service determination letter and the most recently filed IRS Form 5500 have been provided
to the Purchaser. No CCG Entity or any of their ERISA Affiliates has communicated to any Employee or former Employee any intention or commitment to amend or modify any Employee Plan or to establish or implement any other employee or retiree benefit
or compensation plan or arrangement. 

  
 33 

 (b) Each of the Employee Plans, the Seller 401k Plan and each “employee benefit plan”
(within the meaning of 3(3) of ERISA) sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any CCG Entity or any of their affiliates in which any Employee participates, has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements
prescribed by ERISA, the Code and all other applicable Laws. Except as disclosed in Section 4.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all contributions to each Employee Plan have been timely made, except where such failure would not
result in liability to the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including any CCG Entity after the Closing), and all required governmental reports have been timely filed. 

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.11(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Internal Revenue Service has issued a favorable
determination or opinion letter, or time to apply for such a letter still exists, with respect to the form of each Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified and tax-exempt under the provisions of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code and
such Employee Plans have not been amended thereafter in any way that would adversely affect their qualification; further, to the Knowledge of the Company, no fact or circumstance exists that would materially and adversely affect the qualification or
tax-exempt status of an Employee Plan that is intended to be tax-exempt. 
 (d) No act, omission or transaction has occurred which would
result in imposition on any CCG Entity of (i) breach of fiduciary duty liability damages under Section 409 of ERISA, (ii) a civil penalty assessed pursuant to subsections (c), (i) or (l) of Section 502 of ERISA or, with
respect to any Employee Plan, Section 6652 of the Code or (iii) a material tax imposed pursuant to Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code. No CCG Entity nor any of their ERISA Affiliates have been involved in any transaction that could cause
any CCG Entity to be subject to liability under section 4069 of ERISA. 
 (e) None of the Employee Plans is subject to Section 302 of
ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, and no CCG Entity has any liability for plans previously subject to these Sections. No Employee Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA, no CCG Entity nor any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has any
liability under Title IV of ERISA and there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to give rise to such liability. 

(f) There are no actions, suits or claims pending (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened
against, or with respect to, any of the Employee Plans or their assets and there is no matter pending (other than routine qualification determination filings) with respect to any of the Employee Plans before the Internal Revenue Service, the
Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation. 
 (g) Each CCG Entity and each of their ERISA Affiliates has complied in
all material respects with the health care continuation requirements of Parts 6 and 7 of Title I of ERISA with regard to current or former Employees. 

  
 34 

 (h) Since 1990, none of the CCG Entities nor any of their ERISA Affiliates has sponsored,
participated in, or had any obligation to (or has any other liability with respect to) any “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA). 

(i) All Employee Plans that are non-qualified deferred compensation programs are in compliance or have been amended to comply with
Section 409A of the Code and have been administered in material compliance with Code Section 409A since January 1, 2008, or are “grandfathered” from compliance and are exempt from the Code Section 409A requirements.

 (j) The CCG Entities have not provided, and the CCG Entities have no obligation to provide, any medical, life or similar benefits to
current or future retired or terminated employees, their spouses or dependents following termination of employment, except as required by any applicable Law. 

(k) Except as set forth in Section 4.11(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement will not (either alone or together with any other event) entitle any Employee to severance pay or accelerate the time of payment or vesting or trigger any payment of funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of compensation or
benefits under, increase the amount payable or trigger any other material obligation pursuant to, any Employee Plan which, in the aggregate, would result in the imposition of sanctions imposed under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. 

Section 4.12 Labor and Employment. 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) no CCG Entity has agreed to recognize any
labor union or other collective bargaining representative, nor has any labor union or other collective bargaining representative been certified as the exclusive bargaining representative of any Employees of any CCG Entity, (ii) no CCG Entity is
a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement applicable to any Employees and no collective bargaining agreements are being negotiated, (iii) there is no labor strike or labor dispute, slow down, lockout or stoppage actually
pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any CCG Entity, and no CCG Entity has experienced any labor strikes or material labor disputes, slowdowns, lockouts or stoppages since January 1, 2012, (iv) no CCG Entity has
engaged in any unfair labor practices, and no unfair labor practice charges or complaints before any Governmental Entity are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any CCG Entity and (v) to the Knowledge of the Company,
no labor union or other collective bargaining representative claims to or is seeking to represent any Employees and no union organizational campaign or representation petition is currently pending with respect to any Employees. 

(b) Except as disclosed in Section 4.12(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2012, there have not been any
plant closings, mass layoffs or other terminations of Employees which would create any obligations upon or liabilities for any CCG Entity under the WARN Act. 

  
 35 

 (c) Except as set forth in Section 4.12(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each CCG
Entity (i) has, during the last twenty-four (24) months, been in material compliance with all Laws relating to employment, equal employment opportunity, affirmative action, nondiscrimination, nonretaliation, wrongful discharge, civil
rights, hiring, background checks, immigration, work authorization, compensation, wages, hours, worker classification, temporary labor, benefits, leaves of absence, employee breaks, sick time, vacation, paid time off, collective bargaining, the
collection and payment of withholding and social security taxes and similar Taxes, occupational safety and health, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, substance abuse testing, work force reductions and plant closing, labor
relations, collective bargaining, representation, unfair labor practices, employee privacy, and COBRA, including, but not limited to, the Fair Labor Standards Act or other federal, state or local laws regulating hours of work, wages, overtime and
other working conditions, and any state laws with respect to tortious employment conduct, such as slander, false light, invasion of privacy, negligent hiring or retention, intentional infliction of emotional distress, assault and battery, or loss of
consortium (“Laws relating to Employment”), and (ii) no CCG Entity has, in the last twenty four (24) months, received any communication from any Governmental Entity that alleges that any CCG Entity is not in compliance
with any Law relating to Employment that has not been resolved. 
 (d) Except as set forth in Section 4.12(d) of the Company
Disclosure Letter, (i) there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened legal or administrative proceeding, claim, suit, action, arbitration, grievance or investigation against or involving any CCG Entity or any CCG
Entity’s assets or rights relating to labor or employment matters, (ii) there is no injunction, order, judgment, ruling or decree imposed upon any CCG Entity relating to labor or employment matters, and (iii) to the Knowledge of the
Company, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may constitute or result in a violation by any CCG Entity of, or a failure on the part of any CCG Entity to comply with, any Law relating to Employment. 

Section 4.13 Environmental Matters. 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter and except for those matters that would not have a
Company Material Adverse Effect: 
 (i) each CCG Entity is and for the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement, has been in
compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; 
 (ii) each CCG Entity has obtained and is in compliance with the requirements of all
Permits required under applicable Environmental Laws for the continued conduct of the business of such CCG entity in the manner now conducted; 

(iii) there is no investigation, suit, claim, action or proceeding relating to or arising under Environmental Laws pending, or, to the
Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against any CCG Entity or any real property currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, operated or leased by any CCG Entity; 

(iv) no CCG Entity has received any notice of nor entered into any obligation, liability, order, settlement, judgment, injunction or decree
involving uncompleted, outstanding or unresolved requirements arising under Environmental Laws; 

  
 36 

 (v) there have been no Releases of Hazardous Materials (i) in the five (5) years
preceding the date of this Agreement or (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, during the Section 4.13 Knowledge Period, in each case at, on, under or from any real property currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned,
operated or leased by any CCG Entity that have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a claim, liability or obligation to conduct remedial action under any Environmental Law; and 

(vi) No CCG Entity has received in the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement any information request or notice of potential
responsibility under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (or its state law equivalents) with respect to Hazardous Materials used, generated or transported at or from any real property currently or, to the
Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, operated or leased by any CCG Entity. 
 (b) Each CCG Entity has made available to the Purchaser
accurate and complete copies of all material Environmental Reports within such CCG Entity’s or its Affiliates’ possession relating to the business of such CCG Entity and any real property owned, operated, leased or used by such CCG Entity
or its predecessors in interest that have been prepared (i) within the five (5) years preceding the date of this Agreement, and (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, during the Section 4.13 Knowledge Period, in each case a list
of which is set forth in Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 (c) This Section 4.13 contains the
Company’s sole and exclusive representations and warranties regarding Environmental Laws, Environmental Reports, Hazardous Materials, Releases, and any other environmental matter. 

Section 4.14 Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Letter: 

(a) Set forth in Section 4.14(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter is a list of (i) all issued patents, patent applications,
trademark registrations, trademark applications, copyright registrations, and applications for copyright registration, and domain names (A) owned by any CCG Entity, or (B) owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates that are not a CCG Entity
and that is used in or necessary for the operation of the Business (hereafter “Registered Intellectual Property”) and (ii) software owned by (A) each CCG Entity that is material to the Business or (B) that is owned by
Seller or any of its Affiliates that are not a CCG Entity and that is used in or necessary for the operation of the Business (the items identified in the subclauses (i) and (ii) together, the “Owned Intellectual
Property”). Each CCG Entity solely and exclusively (except with respect to trade secrets or confidential information or copyrights independently developed by third parties without access to the applicable Owned Intellectual Property) owns
all right, title and interest in and to its Owned Intellectual Property. No CCG Entity has permitted any Liens on any Intellectual Property owned by and used in the Business, except Permitted Liens or non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary
course of business. 
 (b) All Registered Intellectual Property is (i) valid, (ii) subsisting (except for the registered Trademarks
designated as abandoned in Section 4.14(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter), and (iii) enforceable. There are no claims pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened that challenge the validity or the enforceability of
any Owned Intellectual Property, and no CCG Entity has received any demand, claim or notice from any Person which challenges the validity of any such Owned Intellectual Property which claim has 

  
 37 

 
not been settled, resolved or expressly abandoned by the claimant. The CCG Entities own, or have the right to use pursuant to a written license set forth on Section 4.16 of the Company
Disclosure Letter (except for (A) off the shelf software license agreements with an annual cost of less than $50,000) and (B) non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements entered into as part of proposed mergers, acquisitions or
similar transactions), all Company Intellectual Property. Immediately subsequent to the Closing, each CCG Entity will have identical rights in the Owned Intellectual Property as the rights such CCG Entity held in such Owned Intellectual Property
immediately prior to the Closing. 
 (c) All Persons who have participated in the creation or development of any Intellectual Property for or
on behalf of the Business, that is material to or necessary to the operation of the Business have executed and delivered to a CCG Entity a written agreement (i) providing for the non-disclosure by such Person of any confidential information of
the Business, and (ii) providing for the assignment by such Person to a CCG Entity of any Intellectual Property arising out of such Person’s employment by, engagement by or contract in connection with the Business. 

(d) Neither the activities of any CCG Entity nor the conduct of the Business infringe upon or misappropriate, or have infringed upon or
misappropriated, any Intellectual Property of any third party. There are no claims pending that any CCG Entity or the conduct of the Business is infringing or misappropriating the Intellectual Property of a third party, and neither the Seller nor
any CCG Entity or any other Affiliate of the Seller has received any demand, claim or notice from any Person which alleges that any CCG Entity or the Business is infringing or misappropriating, or has infringed or misappropriated in the last five
(5) years, the Intellectual Property of a third party which claim has not been settled, resolved or expressly abandoned by the claimant. To the Knowledge of the Company, no third party is infringing or misappropriating, or has infringed or
misappropriated in the last five (5) years, any Owned Intellectual Property. 
 (e) All Registered Intellectual Property has been duly
registered or issued to such CCG Entity by the appropriate Governmental Entity, and all pending patent applications and trademark and copyright applications included in the Registered Intellectual Property have been duly recorded in the name of such
CCG Entity by the appropriate Governmental Entity. The CCG Entities have paid all fees required to maintain the Registered Intellectual Property (except for the registered Trademarks designated as abandoned in Section 4.14(b) of the Company
Disclosure Letter). None of the registrations or uses in connection with the Business of the domain names included in the Registered Intellectual Property have been disturbed or placed “on hold,” nor has the Seller, any CCG Entity or
any other Affiliate of the Seller received written notice of any claim asserted against the Seller, any CCG Entity or any other Affiliate of the Seller adverse to the Business’ rights to such domain names. 

(f) Each CCG Entity has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect its rights in material confidential information and trade secrets owned
or used in connection with the Business. 

  
 38 

 (g) Except as set forth on Section 4.14(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no CCG
Entity, nor the Seller or any of its other Affiliates with respect to the Business, has granted any exclusive license to any third party to use any Intellectual Property owned by a CCG Entity and primarily related to the Business. 

(h) No CCG Entity, nor the Seller or any other Affiliate of the Seller in connection with the Business, is a party to or bound by any Contract
pursuant to which any CCG Entity, or the Seller or any other Affiliate of the Seller in connection with the Business, has granted, or may be obligated to grant in the future, to any party a source code license or option or other right to use or
acquire any Business source code, including any Contracts that provide for source code escrow arrangements for Business source code. 
 (i)
The CCG Entities’ use of any Open Source Software in connection with the Business (including using, linking, incorporating or embedding such Open Source Software into or distributing Open Source Software with any Product) does not and will not,
with respect to any Products, obligate the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including after Closing, any CCG Entity) to (i) disclose or distribute in source code form any portion of any software owned by a CCG Entity, (ii) license or
otherwise make available on a royalty-free basis any portion of any software owned by a CCG Entity, (iii) grant any patent rights owned by a CCG Entity to any Person, including non-assertion rights, or (iv) permit any licensee of any
software owned by a CCG Entity to modify, make derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of such software. 
 (j) With respect to
the Information Systems: (i) the CCG Entities have taken reasonable steps and implemented commercially reasonable procedures to ensure that the Information Systems are free from contaminants in all material respects, including the use of
commercially available antivirus software with the intention of protecting the Information Systems from becoming infected by viruses and other harmful code; (ii) there have been no successful unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security
of the Information Systems that have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in any material harm to the Business in the past three (3) years prior to the Closing; and (iii) the CCG Entities have implemented or are in the
process of implementing (or in the exercise of reasonable business judgment have determined that implementation is not yet in the best interest of the Business) commercially reasonable security patches or security upgrades that are generally
available for the Information Systems. 
 (k) No claims have been asserted or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened with respect to
the CCG Entities or the Business by any Person alleging a violation by the CCG Entities (or the Seller in connection with the Business) of any applicable data privacy Laws or their own policies with respect to the privacy of employees, users or
customers or their employees’, users’ or customers’ personally identifiable information. 
 Section 4.15
Broker’s or Finder’s Fee. Except for Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Seller or LSB, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled from any CCG
Entity to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission, or to the reimbursement of expenses from any CCG Entity, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 

  
 39 

 Section 4.16 Material Contracts. Set forth in Section 4.16 of the Company
Disclosure Letter is an accurate and complete list of all Material Contracts to which any CCG Entity is a party. Except as disclosed in Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Letter: 

(a) Neither any CCG Entity nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach of any Material Contract or default
(with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) thereunder (or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach or default), or has given or received notice of breach or default to or from any other party thereto and, to the
Knowledge of the Company, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a breach or an event of default under any such Material Contract or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit
the acceleration of or other changes to any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit thereunder, except for such default, breach, acceleration, change of or to any rights, obligations or losses of benefits that would not, individually or in
the aggregate, result in a Company Material Adverse Effect; 
 (b) Each Material Contract is valid and binding on each CCG Entity party
thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, valid and binding on each counterparty thereto, and each Material Contract is in full force and effect as to the CCG Entity party thereto, except to the extent limited by the effect of Enforceability
Exceptions; and 
 (c) No written notice has been received from any counterparty to any Material Contract alleging that such contract is not
valid and binding as to such counterparty or that such contract is not in full force and effect as to such counterparty. 

Section 4.17 Insurance. Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Letter contains an accurate and complete list of all
current insurance policies of each CCG Entity or that relate to any Assets, the Business or the employees, officers or directors of a CCG Entity of any kind, other than insurance policies that are also Employee Plans (collectively, the
“Policies”). All such Policies are valid and are in full force and effect, all premiums with respect thereto covering all periods up to and including the date of the Closing have been or will be paid or accrued, no notice of
cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such Policy or other form of insurance and each CCG Entity is in material compliance with the terms of the Policies to which it is a party. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is
no material claim pending under any such Policy as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by any insurer and all claims and reportable incidents under any Policy have been reported. 

Section 4.18 Related Party Transactions. 

(a) Except as disclosed in Section 4.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Affiliate, stockholder, member, officer, director,
manager or employee or any family member or relative of any such Affiliate, stockholder, member, officer, director, manager or employee of (i) LSB, (ii) the Seller or (iii) any CCG Entity (A) is a party to any Contract with any
CCG Entity, (B) has any material interest in any property (real or personal or mixed, tangible or intangible) used by any CCG Entity for the conduct of the Business, (C) has any ownership interest in any Person that competes with, or does
business with, or has any contractual arrangement with any CCG Entity (excluding investments in securities in a Person whose securities are publicly traded) or (D) to the Knowledge of the Company, serves as an officer, director or employee of
any such competing Person. 

  
 40 

 (b) Section 4.18(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists all Contracts and other
commitments or transactions to or by which any CCG Entity, on the one hand, and the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than any CCG Entity), on the other hand, are parties or are otherwise bound or affected and that (i) were entered into in
the last 24 months; (ii) are currently pending or in effect; or (iii) involve continuing obligations or liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the Business (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”).

 (c) Section 4.18(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter lists (i) all Contracts with any third parties to which the Seller
or any of its Affiliates (other than any CCG Entity) is a party and under which any CCG Entity receives material benefits (collectively, the “Shared Contracts”) and (ii) all such Contracts that are primarily related to,
primarily used or primarily held for use by or in connection with the business of any CCG Entity, other than any confidentiality, non-solicitation and similar agreements with any Person entered into in connection with any proposed sale of the
Business (“Assigned Contracts”). 
 (d) Except as disclosed in Section 4.18(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter,
since December 31, 2015, there has not been any accrual of liability by any CCG Entity to Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than another CCG Entity) or other transactions between a CCG Entity and the Seller or any of its Affiliates
(other than another CCG Entity), except in the ordinary course of business of such CCG Entity and consistent with past practice. 

Section 4.19 Property. 

(a) Leased Real Property. Set forth in Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter is a complete list of the address
and description of each Real Property Lease, the names of the lessor and CCG Entity that is lessee thereunder, the rental amount currently being paid, the expiration of the term thereof, and the current use of such property for each leasehold or
sub-leasehold estate in, or other right to use or occupy, any land, buildings, structures or improvements (collectively, the “Leased Real Property”). The Seller has delivered or made available to the Purchaser true, correct and
complete copies of each Real Property Lease. Except as set forth in Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, with respect to each of the Real Property Leases, (i) each Real Property Lease is legal, valid, binding and
enforceable, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, arrangement, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, or by general equitable
principles, against the applicable CCG Entity and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the landlord thereunder, is in full force and effect, and has not been amended or modified (except to the extent disclosed in Section 4.19(a) of the
Company Disclosure Letter); (ii) no CCG Entity nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Real Property Lease is in breach or default under any Real Property Lease and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which,
with the delivery of notice, passage of time or both, would constitute a breach of any Real Property Lease, except in each such case where such breach or default would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Company Material Adverse
Effect; and (iii) each CCG Entity has a good and valid leasehold interest in all Leased Real Property, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). All work, improvements, alterations, installations and decorations required to be
done to date by the landlord under any Real Property Lease have been accepted or waived by the CCG Entity that is a party to such Real Property Lease. Leasing, broker’s and finder’s commissions of any kind due and owing or to become due
and owing to anyone by any CCG Entity with respect to the Leased Real Property do not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate. Except to the extent disclosed in Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all premises under the Real
Property Leases, to the Company’s Knowledge, comply with all applicable Laws including the Americans with Disabilities Act and similar local or state Laws. 

  
 41 

 (b) Owned Real Property. Set forth in Section 4.19(b) of the Company Disclosure
Letter is an accurate and complete list of the addresses and recorded property descriptions of all of each CCG Entity’s right, title and interest in real property owned by such CCG Entity (such real property, together with any buildings,
structures and improvements located thereon, and any other real property interests pertaining thereto, the “Owned Real Property”). With respect to Owned Real Property, the Seller has delivered or made available to the Purchaser
true, complete and correct copies of the deeds and other instruments (as recorded) by which the CCG Entity acquired such Owned Real Property, and copies of all title insurance policies, opinions, abstracts, surveys, and non-public records in the
possession of the Seller or any CCG Entity and relating to the Owned Real Property. Except as set forth in Section 4.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, with respect to such Owned Real Property: (i) each CCG Entity has good and
valid fee simple title to the Owned Real Property free and clear of all Liens, options, rights of first refusal, conditions, restrictions, leases, covenants or transfer restrictions (other than Permitted Liens) and (ii) there is no
condemnation, expropriation or other like proceeding in eminent domain pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, against any Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or of any sale or other disposition of the Owned Real Property or
any part thereof in lieu of condemnation and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no other proceeding relating to any Owned Real Property that would materially and adversely affect the current use or possession of any Owned Real
Property. Each CCG Entity has sufficient title to such easements, rights of way and other rights appurtenant to each Owned Real Property as are necessary to permit ingress and egress to and from the Owned Real Property to a public way. The Real
Property is all the real property used or held for use by the Company and the CCG Entities in connection with the operation of the Business. Except as set forth in Section 4.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the
Company, there are no Liens, options, rights of first refusal, conditions, restrictions, leases, covenants or transfer restrictions (other than Permitted Liens) affecting title to the Owned Real Property, other than as disclosed in the Policies for
Title Insurance listed in Section 4.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter. 
 (c) Improvements. The improvements located
on the Real Property are in good condition, repair and working order, except for ordinary wear and tear and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Real Property has been maintained in a manner
consistent with commercially reasonable standards generally followed with respect to similar properties. 
 (d) Proceedings. There is
no action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Real Property or any part thereof before any court or governmental department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality (including,
without limitation, any proceedings with respect to Taxes or assessments to be levied against the Owned Real Property or proceedings regarding the annexation of the Owned Real Property by any municipality); and neither the Company nor any other CCG
Entity knows of any basis for any such action, proceeding or investigation, except where such action, proceeding or investigation would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 42 

 (e) Notice of Violations. No CCG Entity has received from any Governmental Entity written
notice of any violation of any zoning, building, fire or health code or any other statute, ordinance rule or regulation applicable (or alleged to be applicable) to the Real Property, or any part thereof, that will not have been corrected prior to
Closing solely at the Company’s or any other CCG Entity’s expense, except such violations as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 4.19(e) of the Company
Disclosure Letter, the use and operation of the Real Property in the conduct of the Business do not violate in any material respect any Law, covenant, condition, restriction, easement, license, permit or agreement. 

(f) Zoning. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no plan, study or effort by any Governmental Entity which in any way affects or
would affect the present use or zoning of the Real Property. 
 (g) Utilities. The Real Property has commercially reasonable access to
those utilities (including gas, electricity, telephone, water and sanitary and storm sewers, as applicable) reasonably necessary for the conduct of the operations of the CCG Entities as currently conducted. 

(h) No Space Leases or Options. Except as set forth in Section 4.19(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) no CCG
Entity has leased, subleased or granted to any Person any right to possess, lease or occupy any portion of the Owned Real Property or such CCG Entity’s right, title, or interest in any Leased Real Property and (ii) no CCG Entity owns,
holds, has granted or is obligated under any option, right of first offer, right of first refusal or other contractual right to purchase, acquire, sell or dispose of the Owned Real Property or such CCG Entity’s right, title, or interest in any
Leased Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein or any other real property. 
 Section 4.20 Title to Assets;
Tangible Assets. 
 (a) Except as related to Real Property (which is the subject of Section 4.19), each CCG Entity has good
and valid title to, or otherwise has the right to use pursuant to a valid and enforceable lease, license or similar contractual arrangement, all of the material tangible property, plants and equipment that are used or held for use in connection with
the Business as presently conducted or as are reflected on the CCG Financial Statements (collectively, the “Assets”), except for inventory sold in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, in each case free and
clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The plants, buildings, structures and material equipment included in the Assets are in sufficient operating
condition to conduct the operations of the CCG Entities as currently conducted, subject only to ordinary wear and tear and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The assets of the CCG Entities
(excluding the Real Property, which is the subject of Section 4.19) constitute all of the material assets used to conduct the operations of the Business as currently conducted. 

  
 43 

 (b) Except as disclosed on Section 4.20(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the
tangible personal property owned, leased or used by each of the Designated CCG Entity (i) is in good operating condition and repair consistent with age, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and (ii) is located at the Real Property. 

Section 4.21 Bank Accounts. Section 4.21 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth the names and locations of each
bank, brokerage firm or other financial institution at which a CCG Entity has an account (giving account numbers) or safe deposit box and the names of all persons authorized to draw thereon or have access thereto, and the names of all persons, if
any, holding powers of attorney or comparable delegation authority from the applicable CCG Entity. 
 Section 4.22 Customers and
Suppliers. Section 4.22 of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (a) a list of the 10 largest customers of the Business based on sales during the twelve (12) month periods ending December 31, 2015 and
December 31, 2014 (the “Significant Customers”), and (b) the 10 largest suppliers of the Business based on purchases during the twelve (12) month periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
(the “Significant Suppliers”). Since June 30, 2015, no CCG Entity has received any written notice that (i) any Significant Customer has materially reduced, or will materially reduce, the use of products or services of the
Business or (ii) there has been any change in the terms and conditions of sale of raw materials, supplies or other products or services (other than general and customary price increases) from a Significant Supplier which has been or would be
reasonably expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Company, no change of the type described in clause (b) of the preceding sentence is reasonably expected to occur after the Closing Date. 

Section 4.23 Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable of the CCG Entities reflected on the latest balance sheet part of the
CCG Financial Statements or otherwise are valid, represent bona fide sales actually made in the ordinary course of business and, except as otherwise disclosed on Section 4.23 of the Company Disclosure Letter, to the Company’s
Knowledge, are collectible net of any reserves shown on the latest balance sheet part of the CCG Financial Statements. 
 Section 4.24
Disputed Accounts Payable. Except as disclosed on Section 4.24 of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no material amounts, either individually or in the aggregate, alleged to be owed by any CCG Entity, or other alleged
obligations of any CCG Entity, which a CCG Entity has disputed or determined to dispute or refuse to pay. 
 Section 4.25 Books and
Records. The minute books and stock or equity records of the CCG Entities will be made available to the Purchaser at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. 

Section 4.26 Product Warranties, Product Warranty and Liability Claims, Returns. 

(a) Each Product manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed, marketed, licensed, sold or delivered by a CCG Entity has been so
manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed, marketed, licensed, sold or delivered in conformity with all applicable Laws, Contracts, and all express and implied warranties and, except as otherwise described on Section 4.26(a) of the
Company Disclosure Letter, no CCG Entity has any liability not reserved in accordance with GAAP (and to the Company’s Knowledge there is no basis for any present or future action against any CCG Entity giving rise to any such liability) for
replacement or repair 

  
 44 

 
thereof or other damages in connection therewith beyond such CCG Entity’s applicable standard terms and conditions for sale. No Product manufactured, assembled, processed, distributed,
marketed, licensed, sold or delivered by a CCG Entity is subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity or similar liability beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale. 

(b) Section 4.26(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter includes copies of each CCG Entity’s standard terms and conditions of
sale (containing, applicable guaranty, warranty, and similar liability indemnity provisions). Except as described on Section 4.26(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no CCG Entity has given or made any warranties to any Person with
respect to any Products which may still be in effect at any time after Closing. There have been no Product Warranty Claims or Product Liability Claims investigations made with respect to any product warranties which have not been fully settled and
resolved or any unresolved known warranty claims which have not been reserved in accordance with GAAP against on the CCG Financial Statements. The Company has no Knowledge of any basis for any other Product Warranty Claims or Product Liability
Claims. 
 (c) Section 4.26(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter is a complete and accurate list of the Product Warranty Claims
and Product Liability Claims and claim experience by Product, in each case in excess of $50,000, for the Products since January 1, 2013. 

Section 4.27 Indemnification Obligations. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no event, circumstance or other basis that
could give rise to any indemnification obligation of any CCG Entity to its officers and directors under the organizational documents or any Contract between and CCG Entity and any of its officers or directors. 

Section 4.28 Powers of Attorney. Except as disclosed on Section 4.28 of the Company Disclosure Letter, no CCG Entity
has any powers of attorney outstanding (other than a power of attorney issued in the ordinary course of business with respect to Tax matters). 

ARTICLE V 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER 

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Seller and the Company, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date
(except in each case to the extent that such representations and warranties speak only as of a specific date, as of such date), as follows: 

Section 5.1 Due Organization and Corporate Power. The Purchaser is a corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of
Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Purchaser is duly qualified or licensed to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership or
leasing of its properties makes such qualification or licensing necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. 

  
 45 

 Section 5.2 Authorization; Noncontravention. The Purchaser has the requisite
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party by the Purchaser and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized and
approved by all necessary board and stockholder action on the part of the Purchaser and to the extent required, any Affiliate of the Purchaser. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and, assuming that this Agreement
constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the other parties thereto, constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by
the Enforceability Exceptions. The execution and delivery of this Agreement do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, (a) conflict with any of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation,
bylaws or any other organizational document of the Purchaser, as amended, (b) require any consent, approval or authorization of, declaration or filing with, notice to, or action by, any Person under, conflict with, result in a breach of or
default under (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) or cause or permit termination, cancellation, acceleration or other change of any right or obligation or the loss of any benefit under, any written Contract or plans to which the
Purchaser is a party or by which the Purchaser or any of its assets is bound or subject or (c) contravene any domestic or foreign Law or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award currently in effect, which, in the
case of clauses (b) and (c) above, would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 5.3 Consents and Approvals. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notice to, any
Governmental Entity or any other Person which has not been received or made, is required to be obtained by the Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party by the
Purchaser or the consummation by the Purchaser of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for (a) such filings, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals as may be required under, and other applicable requirements
of, the HSR Act; and (b) any other consents, approvals, authorizations, filings or notices which, if not made or obtained, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 5.4 Funds. The Purchaser has, and at all times until the time of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement will have, cash on hand, or access through existing credit facilities of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates to cash, in an aggregate amount sufficient to enable the Purchaser to timely consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and to otherwise perform its obligations hereunder, including to pay in full (a) the Transaction Price, and (b) all fees and expenses payable by the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. 
 Section 5.5 Independent Review; No Reliance. The Purchaser has conducted its own independent review and analysis of
the Company, and its condition, cash flow and prospects, including being permitted access to properties and premises of the CCG Entities. In entering into this Agreement, the Purchaser has relied exclusively upon its own investigation and analysis
and the representations and warranties contained herein, and the Purchaser: 

  
 46 

 (a) acknowledges and agrees that (i) neither the Company nor the Seller nor any Person on
behalf of the Company or the Seller is making any representations or warranties whatsoever, express or implied, beyond those expressly given in Article III and Article IV or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this
Agreement and (ii) the Purchaser has not been induced by, or relied upon any representations, warranties or statements (written or oral), whether express or implied, made by any Person, that are not expressly set forth in
Article III or in Article IV or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement; and 
 (b) agrees, to the
full extent permitted by Law, that (except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct) no director, officer, employee, Affiliate (other than the Seller and the CCG Entities), agent or representative of the Company or the Seller shall have any
liability or responsibility whatsoever to the Purchaser on any basis (including in contract or tort, under federal or state securities laws, or otherwise) based upon any information provided or omitted, or based on statements or omissions beyond the
representations and warranties expressly given in Article III and Article IV of this Agreement. 
 Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Purchaser acknowledges that no representations or warranties have been made with respect to any projections, forecasts, estimates, budgets or prospect information that may have been made available to the
Purchaser, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives, beyond those expressly given in Article III and Article IV of this Agreement. 

Section 5.6 Solvency. Assuming the representations and warranties of the CCG Entities contained in this Agreement are accurate in
all material respects, at and immediately after the Closing, each of the CCG Entities and the Purchaser (a) will be solvent (in that both the fair value of their respective assets will not be less than the sum of their respective debts and that
the present fair saleable value of their respective assets will not be less than the amount required to pay their respective liabilities as they become absolute and matured), (b) will have adequate capital with which to engage in their
respective businesses and (c) will not have incurred, and does not immediately plan to incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they become absolute and mature. 

Section 5.7 Purchase for Investment. 

(a) The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares solely for investment for its own account and not with the view to, or for offer or sale in
connection with, any “distribution” (as such term is used in Section 2(11) of the Securities Act) thereof. The Purchaser understands that the sale of the Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act or any state or foreign
securities laws by reason of specified exemptions therefrom that depend upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of its investment intent as expressed herein and as explicitly acknowledged hereby and that under such laws and applicable
regulations such securities may not be resold without registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state or foreign law unless an applicable exemption from registration is available. 

(b) The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the
Securities Act. The Purchaser, by reason of its business and financial experience in business, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of
the Shares, is able to bear the economic risk of such investment in the Company, and is able to afford a complete loss of such investment. 

  
 47 

 ARTICLE VI 

COVENANTS 

Section 6.1 Access to Information. 

(a) Subject to applicable Laws, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (i) the Closing Date and
(ii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1, the Seller and the Company, upon reasonable notice, shall afford the Authorized Representatives of the Purchaser access to such offices, properties, books
and records of the CCG Entities relating to the CCG Entities and such financial and operating data and other information relating to the CCG Entities as such Authorized Representatives may reasonably request, and shall allow such Authorized
Representatives to make copies of, such information and documentation (including Contracts, books and records of the CCG Entities), as the Purchaser may reasonably request with respect to any CCG Entity for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of
the representations and warranties made by the Company in Article IV and compliance with the covenants set forth in this Article VI, and for any other purpose reasonably requested by the Purchaser, which may include planning
the integration of the CCG Entities into the Purchaser’s business operations, and shall instruct the employees, counsel and financial advisors of Seller and Seller’s Affiliates to cooperate with the Purchaser in its investigation of the
CCG Entities; provided that such access shall not unreasonably disrupt the operations of the CCG Entities; and provided further that the foregoing shall not require the CCG Entities (i) to permit any inspection, or to
disclose any information, that in the reasonable judgment of the Company would result in the disclosure of any trade secret or violate any applicable Laws (including antitrust laws of the United States) or any of its obligations with respect to
confidentiality, or (ii) to disclose any privileged information of the Company in a manner that is reasonably expected to result in the loss of such privilege, or (iii) to permit or allow the Purchaser to conduct any environmental study,
analyses or assessment involving any facilities of the CCG Entities. All requests made pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be directed to the executive officer or other Person designated by the Seller in writing to the Purchaser on the
date hereof, or as such Person may be changed thereafter by written notice to the Purchaser. 
 (b) From and after the date hereof to the
Closing Date, without the prior written consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, neither the Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates may contact any suppliers to, or Employees, independent contractors,
sales representatives or customers of, the Company in connection with or pertaining to the transactions contemplated hereby, provided that an authorized representative of the Seller is permitted to be present at any meetings, conferences or
calls. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall restrict the Purchaser or its Affiliates from contacting any suppliers, Employees, independent contractors, sales representatives or customers of any CCG Entity on its own in the ordinary
course of the Purchaser’s or its Affiliates’ own businesses; provided, however, that such contact shall relate solely to the Purchaser’s or its Affiliates’ own businesses and may not involve any discussions related
to the transactions contemplated hereby. 

  
 48 

 Section 6.2 Confidentiality. 

(a) Information obtained by the Purchaser and its counsel, accountants, consultants and other authorized representatives pursuant to this
Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2015, by and between LSB and NIBE (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). The Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full
force and effect until the Closing, at which time it shall automatically terminate. From and after the Closing, the Company shall have the right to enforce the rights of the Seller (or to cause the Seller to enforce its rights) under any
confidentiality, non-solicitation and similar agreements with any Person entered into in connection with any proposed sale of the Company to the extent that such rights are related to confidential information of any CCG Entity or the solicitation of
employees, sales representatives and other agents of any Entity, and the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser copies of any such agreements. 

(b) At Closing, LSB shall provide to Purchaser a copy of each non-disclosure, confidentiality, non-solicitation or similar agreement entered
into by LSB or any of its Affiliates (i) in connection with a proposed sale of the Business or (ii) pertaining to the Confidential Information (each such agreement, a “Non-Disclosure Agreement”). Following the Closing,
neither LSB, Seller nor any of their respective Affiliates shall amend, modify, supplement or waive any provision of any Non-Disclosure Agreement without the prior written consent of Purchaser. Following the Closing, at the sole expense of
Purchaser, LSB, Seller and any of their respective Affiliates with rights to enforce a Non-Disclosure Agreement will do so at the request and under the direction of Purchaser through legal counsel selected by Purchaser. 

Section 6.3 Conduct of the Business of the CCG Entities Pending the Closing Date. During the period commencing on the date hereof
and ending at the earlier of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, except as expressly required under this Agreement or as otherwise set forth in Section 6.3 of the
Company Disclosure Letter, the CCG Entities shall, and the Seller shall cause the CCG Entities to (a) conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (b) use their commercially reasonable
efforts to preserve intact their business organizations and relationships with third parties, including their customers, supplier and others having business dealings with them. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except (A) as
expressly required under this Agreement, (B) as required by applicable Laws or any Governmental Entity or (C) as otherwise set forth in Section 6.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter or required under Contracts which are in
existence on the date hereof and listed in Section 6.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, from the date hereof until the earlier of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Section 9.1, the CCG Entities shall not, and the Seller shall cause the CCG Entities not to, take any of the following actions without the prior written consent of the Purchaser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed): 
 (a) amend any CCG Entity’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; 

(b) authorize the issuance of or grant any capital stock of any CCG Entity, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of, purchase, redeem or subject
to any new Lien (other than Permitted Liens) any capital stock of such CCG Entity or issue or become obligated with respect to any Commitment with respect to such CCG Entity; 

  
 49 

 (c) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or subject to any new Lien (other than Permitted
Liens), any (i) Owned Real Property or (ii) fixed assets that are material to the conduct of the Business 
 (d) make any
alterations or changes to the Real Property, except in the ordinary course of business; or remove any fixtures or other personal property at the Real Property, except if replaced by fixtures or other personal property of equal or greater value or
utility; 
 (e) incur any new CCG Entities Indebtedness for borrowed money with any third party or with the Seller or its Affiliates, other
than as reasonably necessary to meet working capital requirements or in the ordinary course of business or in replacement of existing CCG Entities Indebtedness, provided that such new CCG Entities Indebtedness is fully prepayable at the
Closing without penalty; 
 (f) split, combine, divide, distribute, or reclassify any stock of a CCG Entity, declare, pay, or set aside for
payment any non-cash dividend or other non-cash distribution in respect of a CCG Entity’s stock; 
 (g) undertake a Bankruptcy Event;

 (h) dissolve, liquidate or merge or consolidate a CCG Entity with or into any other entity; 

(i) establish, sponsor, amend or terminate (except for amendments which do not increase costs to any CCG Entity) any Employee Plan; 

(j) complete any acquisition (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or assets) of any Person or any division or assets thereof;

 (k) increase the compensation payable or paid, whether conditionally or otherwise, to any director, officer, Employee, consultant or agent
other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, or enter into or amend arrangements requiring severance, change of control or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby; provided,
however, that under no circumstances shall any CCG Entity increase the compensation of an officer or employee of a CCG Entity by an amount that exceeds 3% of such officer or employee’s prior level of compensation; 

(l) except as required by GAAP (or interpretations thereof by recognized accounting boards or institutions) or by applicable Law, change any of
the material accounting principles or practices used by any CCG Entity; 
 (m) assume, guarantee, endorse, or otherwise become liable or
responsible (whether directly, contingently, or otherwise) for the obligations of any person other than the CCG Entities (other than endorsements of checks in the ordinary course) or make any loans, advances (other than advances or loans to
Employees (excluding senior executives) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and less than $10,000 to any individual), or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person; 

  
 50 

 (n) make or change any material Tax election, change any annual Tax accounting period, adopt or
change any material method of Tax accounting, amend any material Tax Returns or file any claims for material Tax refunds, enter into any material closing agreement, settle any material Tax claim, audit or assessment or surrender any right to claim a
material Tax refund, offset or other reduction in Tax liability, provided that this Section 6.3(n) shall not apply to any Consolidated Tax or Tax Return of any Seller Consolidated Group unless such action would be reasonably
expected to cause any adverse effect (other than a de minimis one) on any CCG Entity or the Purchaser after the Closing; 
 (o) engage in any
transaction with the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than any CCG Entity), other than (i) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, (ii) the distribution to the Seller of all cash and other funds of the CCG
Entities in a manner consistent with past practices or (iii) purchase, sale or other trade transactions in the ordinary course consistent with past practices, in each case on arm’s length terms; 

(p) (A) make any material payments or grant any material discounts or any other consideration to customers or suppliers of any CCG Entity, in
each case, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (B) otherwise change any billing or cash management practices or methods used by any CCG Entity, other than in the ordinary course of business; 

(q) make any amendment, forgive, cancel, compromise or waive any material claim, debt or right of any CCG Entity; 

(r) enter into, assume, amend, assign or terminate any Material Contract or any agreement that would be a Material Contract, other than
Material Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and providing for payments over the term of such agreements of no more than $250,000 with respect to any single agreement and $1,000,000 in the
aggregate; 
 (s) acquire or dispose of (or enter into any binding agreement to acquire or dispose of) any real property or any direct or
indirect interest in any real property (including any leasehold interest therein), or enter into a lease of any real property or sublease or assignment of lease with respect to any real property; 

(t) consent to any alteration or amendment to the zoning classification of any Owned Real Property; 

(u) forgive, cancel or compromise any material debt or claim, or waive or release any right of material value; 

(v) settle or compromise any material litigation, enter into a new line of business that is material to the CCG Entities; 

(w) (i) abandon, permit to lapse, fail to protect (in each case other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with the applicable
CCG Entity’s past practices), or (ii) assign, sell, license, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any Company Intellectual Property, other than non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business; or

  
 51 

 (x) enter into any Contract with respect to, or authorize, any of the actions described in the
foregoing clauses (a) through (w). 
 Section 6.4 Filings; Other Actions. 

(a) Subject to Section 6.4(b). which shall govern the subject matter thereof, the Seller, the Company and the Purchaser
shall cooperate with each other in good faith and use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, and to do or cause to be done all things, necessary, proper or advisable on its part under this
Agreement and applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as practicable, including using commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the following: (i) the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Article VII, (ii) the obtaining or making of all necessary consents, approvals, authorizations, filings or notices with or from any applicable Governmental Entity, (iii) arranging and obtaining the
Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy; and (iv) the defending of any legal or administrative proceeding, claim, suit, action, arbitration or investigation challenging this Agreement or seeking to prevent, delay or impair the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, including seeking to have any injunction, order, judgment, ruling or decree imposed vacated or reversed. 

(b) Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days following the date of this
Agreement, the parties shall file, or cause to be filed by their respective “ultimate parent entities,” with the FTC and the DOJ the notifications and other information (if any) required to be filed under the HSR Act with respect to the
transactions contemplated in this Agreement. In addition, the Company and the Purchaser shall promptly proceed to prepare and file with the other appropriate Governmental Entities such additional requests, responses, reports or notifications as may
be required or, in the opinion of the Purchaser or the Seller, advisable, in connection with this Agreement (including by reasonably promptly responding to and substantially complying with any Requests for Additional Information and Documentary
Material). With respect to each of the above filings, the Purchaser and the Seller shall diligently and expeditiously prosecute, and shall cooperate fully with each other in the prosecution of, such matters including, subject to applicable Law, by
permitting counsel for the other to review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other in connection with any such filing or any proposed written communication with any Governmental Entity, and by providing counsel for the other
with copies of all filings and submissions made by such party and all correspondence between such party (and its advisors) and any Governmental Entity and any other information supplied by such party to a Governmental Entity or received by such
party from such a Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) materials may be redacted before being so provided (x) to remove (1) references
concerning the valuation of the Company or any other CCG Entity and (2) individual customer pricing information or other competitively sensitive information, (y) as necessary to comply with contractual arrangements and (z) as
necessary to avoid disclosure of other competitively sensitive information or to address reasonable privilege or confidentiality concerns and (ii) copies of documents filed by a party hereto pursuant to Item 4(c) of the Notification and
Report Form filed with the FTC and the DOJ shall not be required to be provided to any party hereto (except to the other Party’s Outside Antitrust Counsel pursuant to a Joint Defense Agreement). Each of the Purchaser and the Seller shall
furnish to the other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any such filing or submission. 

  
 52 

 
The Purchaser and the Seller shall keep each other apprised of the status of any communications with, and any inquiries or requests for additional information from, the FTC or the DOJ. In the
event a suit is threatened or instituted challenging the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as violative of the HSR Act, as amended, the Sherman Act, as amended, the Clayton Act, as amended, the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended or
any other federal, state or foreign law or regulation or decree designed to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions for the purpose or effect of foreign ownership, monopolization or restraint of trade (collectively, “Antitrust
Laws”), the Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all reasonable actions as may be required to avoid the filing of or otherwise resolve such suit so as to enable the Closing to occur as promptly as practicable
(including in the event that any permanent or preliminary injunction or other order is entered or becomes reasonably foreseeable to be entered in any proceeding that would make consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement unlawful or that would prevent or delay consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, commercially reasonable efforts to vacate, modify or suspend such injunction or order so as to permit such consummation prior
to the Termination Date); provided, however, that in no event shall Purchaser or the Seller, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates be required to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of, hold separate or agree to sell or
dispose of, any assets, categories of assets or businesses of the Purchaser, the Seller or the Company, their respective Affiliates or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) amend, modify or terminate existing relationships, contractual
rights or obligations, (iii) amend, modify or terminate existing licenses or other intellectual property agreements or enter into new licenses or other intellectual property agreements, or (iv) take any action that could reasonably be
expected to impair the overall benefit expected to be realized from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to avoid, prevent or terminate any action by the FTC or the DOJ that would restrain, enjoin or otherwise prevent
consummation of the transactions described herein. The Purchaser and the Seller will cooperate to determine strategy, and will coordinate all activities with respect to seeking any actions, consents, approvals or waivers of any Governmental Entity
and any litigation as contemplated by this Section 6.4(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Purchaser shall not require the Seller or the Company to, and the Company and the Seller shall not be required to,
take any action with respect to satisfying any Antitrust Laws which would bind the Company in the event the Closing does not occur. 
 (c)
All filing fees incurred in connection with the filings made under the HSR Act, including the HSR Fee, shall be borne by the Purchaser and the Seller equally. 

(d) Prior to the earlier of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
Section 9.1, each party hereto shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, take any action that would reasonably be expected to hinder or delay the obtaining of clearance or the expiration of the required waiting period under the
HSR Act or any other applicable Antitrust Law. 
 Section 6.5 Use of LSB Business Marks and Certain IP Matters. 

(a) The parties expressly agree that the Purchaser is not purchasing, acquiring or otherwise obtaining any right, title or interest in the LSB
Business Marks. From and after the Closing Date, except as permitted in this Section 6.5, neither the Purchaser, the Company nor any of their Affiliates will have any rights to use the LSB Business Marks or any term, logo, symbol,
graphic or other commercial indicia of source confusingly similar thereto without the prior written consent of the Seller. 

  
 53 

 (b) Prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause the Company (or any other Person designated
in writing by the Purchaser) to be recorded as the owner of the domain names listed in Section 6.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter with the applicable domain name registrars. 

(c) Prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause the Registered Intellectual Property owned by ClimateCraft Technologies, Inc. and set
forth on Section 4.14(a)(2) of the Company Disclosure Letter (i) to be transferred to ClimateCraft, Inc., (ii) for ClimateCraft, Inc. to be recorded as the owner of such Registered Intellectual Property, and
(iii) terminate that certain exclusive license agreement between ClimateCraft, Inc. and ClimateCraft Technologies, Inc., dated as of December 14, 1998, with a full release of ClimateCraft, Inc. from any and all liabilities in connection
with such agreement. 
 Section 6.6 Director and Officers’ Indemnification; Release. 

(a) For six (6) years from and after the Closing Date, each CCG Entity shall, and the Purchaser shall cause each CCG Entity to, perform in
accordance with and otherwise give effect to all rights to indemnification (including rights relating to advancement of expenses) or exculpation existing in favor of each present and former director, manager and officer of a CCG Entity, determined
as of the Closing Date (each, a “D&O Indemnitee,” and collectively, the “D&O Indemnitees”), with respect to any costs or expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses),
judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (collectively, “Costs”) incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out
of matters existing or occurring at or prior to the Closing Date, whether asserted or claimed prior to, at or after the Closing Date, to the fullest extent that the applicable CCG Entity would have been permitted under the law of the jurisdiction of
its organization in effect on the date hereof to indemnify such Person (and advance expenses as incurred to the same extent that such Persons are currently indemnified by the applicable CCG Entity pursuant to such CCG Entity’s organizational
documents as in effect on the date hereof (and advance expenses as incurred at least to the same extent such D&O Indemnitees are currently indemnified by the applicable CCG Entity pursuant to such CCG Entity’s organizational documents as in
effect on the date hereof under applicable Law, provided that the Person to whom expenses are advanced provides an undertaking to repay such advances in the event of a non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction that
such Person is not entitled to indemnification). 
 (b) For six (6) years from and after the Closing Date, no CCG Entity shall amend its
organizational documents in any manner so as to modify the indemnification or exculpation provisions therein in such a manner inconsistent with this Section 6.6(b) or otherwise adverse to a D&O Indemnitee. 

(c) The provisions of this Section 6.6(c) are (i) intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each D&O
Indemnitee and each D&O Indemnitee’s heirs, legatees, representatives, successors and assigns, it being expressly agreed that such Persons shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.6(c) and (ii) in addition to,
and not in 

  
 54 

 
substitution for, any other rights to indemnification that any such D&O Indemnitee may have by contract or otherwise. The obligations of the Purchaser and the Company under this
Section 6.6(c) shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect the rights of any D&O Indemnitee to whom this Section 6.6(c) applies unless (x) such termination or modification is required
by applicable Law or (y) the affected D&O Indemnitee shall have consented in writing to such termination or modification. 
 (d)
Following the Closing and to the maximum extent permitted by Law, the Purchaser agrees not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, bring any action against any D&O Indemnitee in relation to their acts or omissions, in their respective capacities
as director, manager or officer of a CCG Entity prior to the Closing Date; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 6.6(d) shall preclude the Purchaser or any Affiliate thereof (including any CCG Entity) from bringing an
action against a D&O Indemnitee in relation to any act(s) or omission(s) of such D&O Indemnitee that (i) was committed in bad faith or was the result of Fraud, or (ii) as a result of or in connection with which such D&O
Indemnitee gained or received, directly or indirectly, any financial profit or other advantage to which such D&O Indemnitee obtained as a result of Fraud or criminal acts. 

(e) In the event that the Purchaser, a CCG Entity or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into
any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper
provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Purchaser and the applicable CCG Entity shall assume all of the obligations thereof set forth in this Section 6.6(e). 

Section 6.7 Public Announcements. Prior to the Closing, the parties hereto shall consult with each other before issuing any press
release or otherwise making any public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of
the other parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that a party may, without the prior consent of the other parties, issue such press release or make such public statement (x) if it is required
to do so by law, regulation or the rules of any regulatory authority (including any recognized stock exchange) or (y) in the case it is compelled to do so in connection with legal proceedings or pursuant to a subpoena, order, requirement or an
official request issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by any administrative, legislative, regulatory or self-regulating authority (including any recognized stock exchange) or entity towards such party, and (to the extent reasonably
practicable having regard to the disclosing party’s obligation to make disclosure and the nature of the proposed disclosure) the disclosing party provides advance written notice to the other party of the proposed disclosure and cooperates in
good faith with respect to the timing, manner and content of the disclosure. 

  
 55 

 Section 6.8 Tax Matters. 

(a) Section 338(h)(10) Elections. 

(i) With respect to each CCG Entity other than International Environmental Corporation (“IEC”) and Koax Corp.
(“Koax”), LSB and the Purchaser shall jointly file timely elections under section 338(h)(10) of the Code to treat the sale of the Shares and the deemed sale of the stock of the other CCG Entities (other than IEC and Koax) as sales
by the Company and such other CCG Entities of all of their respective assets (the “Section 338(h)(10) Elections”) and shall, upon the Purchaser’s request, make any such available elections under any substantially similar
state or local Law. LSB shall take such actions as are deemed necessary to effect the Section 338(h)(10) Elections (including, without limitation, the timely filing of Internal Revenue Service Form 8023 (Elections Under Section 338 for
Corporations Making Qualified Stock Purchases)). 
 (ii) The Seller and the Purchaser shall agree, no later than 30 days after the delivery
of the Closing Statement, upon an initial allocation of the Transaction Price (plus the liabilities of the CCG Entities with respect to which a Section 338(h)(10) Election is to be made plus any other relevant tax items) among the CCG Entities
and for the deemed sale of assets resulting from the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, setting forth the estimated fair market values of the assets of each of the CCG Entities with respect to which a Section 338(h)(10) Election is to be made.
The Purchaser shall prepare draft Forms 8883 (Asset Allocation Statement under Section 338) (or successor forms) with respect to each such CCG Entity and provide such draft Forms 8883 to the Seller no later than ninety (90) days prior to
the due date of such Forms 8883. If, within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the draft Forms 8883, the Seller notifies the Purchaser in writing that the Seller disagrees with a draft Form 8883, then the parties shall attempt in good faith
to resolve their disagreement within the forty-five (45) days following the Seller’s notification to the Purchaser of such disagreement. If the Seller does not so notify the Purchaser within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a draft
Form 8883, or upon resolution of the disputed items by the parties, the draft Form 8883 shall become a “Final Form 8883.” If the parties are unable to resolve their disagreement within the forty-five (45) days following any such
notification by the Seller, then the parties shall submit all such disputed items for resolution to the Accounting Experts whose decision shall be final and binding upon the parties and whose fees and expenses shall be borne equally by the parties.
Any Form 8883 delivered by the Accounting Experts shall be a Final Form 8883. The parties shall act in good faith to cause the Accounting Experts to deliver a Final Form 8883 within twenty (20) days after such submission. The parties shall
(i) be bound by all Final Forms 8883 for purposes of determining any Taxes and prepare and file their Tax Returns on a basis consistent with the Final Forms 8883, unless otherwise required because of a change in applicable Tax Law. No later
than fifteen (15) days prior to the date such Forms 8883 and any related documentation are required to be filed under the applicable Laws, LSB shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser a Final Form 8883 with respect to each of the CCG Entities
(other than IEC and Koax). With respect to any amounts paid by the Purchaser after the Closing Date, the Seller and the Purchaser agree that such amounts shall be characterized as goodwill. LSB, on behalf of the Seller, and the Purchaser agree to
file a Supplemental Form 8883 on a timely manner, as specified in the instructions to Form 8883. 
 (iii) Each of the Purchaser, LSB and the
Seller agrees that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to modify or revoke the Section 338(h)(10) Elections or any form filed in connection therewith, or any such available election under any substantially similar state or
local Law if requested by the other, without the written consent of such other. 
 (iv) The Purchaser, LSB and the Seller shall, and shall
cause their respective Affiliates to, file all Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the information contained in all Final Forms 8883 (including any Supplemental Form 8883) or any form filed in connection therewith, unless otherwise required
because of a change in applicable tax Law. 

  
 56 

 (b) Tax Returns. 

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, LSB shall in a timely manner prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be
filed all Seller Consolidated Returns and pay all Consolidated Taxes. All such Tax Returns to the extent related to the CCG Entities shall be filed consistent with most recent past practice unless failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to
cause any adverse effect (other than a de minimis one) on any CCG Entity or the Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties intend that any federal income Tax deductions incurred by the Company on the Closing Date related to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (including the payment of CCG Entities Indebtedness and Transaction Expenses) shall be treated as arising in the Pre-Closing Tax Period. 

(ii) The Seller shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Tax Returns (other than Seller Consolidated Returns) of the CCG Entities for all tax
periods that end on or before the Closing Date (“Pre-Closing Tax Returns”) and for all Straddle Periods (“Straddle Tax Returns”). Straddle Tax Returns shall be prepared on a basis consistent with most recent past
practice except to the extent otherwise required by applicable Laws. For each Pre-Closing Tax Return or Straddle Tax Return required to be filed after the Closing Date, no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the due date (including any
applicable extensions) thereof, the Seller shall deliver a copy of such Tax Return, together with all supporting documentation and work papers, to Purchaser for its reasonable review and comment. The Seller shall provide the Purchaser with such
Pre-Closing Tax Return or Straddle Tax Return, as applicable, (fully prepared and completed by the Seller, and revised by the Seller to incorporate the Purchaser’s reasonable comments) and the Purchaser shall cause such Tax Return to be
executed and timely filed with the appropriate Governmental Entity and provide a copy of such executed and filed Tax Return to the Seller. 

(iii) If the Purchaser objects to any item on a Tax Return prepared by the Seller pursuant to Section 6.8(b)(ii), the Purchaser
shall, within fifteen days after delivery of such Tax Return, notify the Seller in writing that it so objects, specifying with particularity any such item and stating the specific factual or legal basis for any such objection. If a notice of
objection is duly delivered, Purchaser and Seller shall negotiate in good faith and use their commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such items. In the event of any disagreement that cannot be resolved between Purchaser and Seller, such
disagreement shall be resolved by an accounting firm of national or international reputation mutually agreeable to Seller and Purchaser (the “Tax Accountant”), and any such determination by the Tax Accountant shall be final. The
fees and expenses of the Tax Accountant shall be borne equally by Purchaser and Seller. If the Tax Accountant does not resolve any differences between Seller and Purchaser with respect to such Tax Return at least five days prior to the due date
therefor, such Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by the Seller and amended to reflect the Tax Accountant’s resolution. The preparation and filing of any Tax Return that does not relate to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period shall be
exclusively within the control of the Purchaser. 

  
 57 

 (iv) In the case of Taxes (other than Consolidated Taxes) that are payable with respect to any
Straddle Period, the portion of any such Taxes that is attributable to the portion of the period ending on the Closing Date shall be: 
 (A)
in the case of Taxes that are either (x) based upon or related to income or receipts or (y) imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible), deemed equal to the
amount that would be payable if the Tax period of the applicable CCG Entity ended with (and included) the Closing Date; provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and
amortization deductions) shall be allocated between the period ending on and including the Closing Date and the period beginning after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each period; and 

(B) in the case of Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis with respect to the assets or capital of the applicable CCG Entity, deemed to be
the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period), multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
calendar days in the portion of the period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire period. 

(v) Unless otherwise required by Law, after the Closing, LSB and the Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of their Affiliates to, amend
any Tax Returns or change any Tax elections or accounting methods with respect to any CCG Entity relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period to the extent such amendment or change would reasonably be expected to have a material cost to the Purchaser or
any CCG Entity without the consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. 
 (vi)
Unless otherwise required by Law, the Purchaser shall not amend any Pre-Closing Tax Returns or Straddle Tax Returns without the prior written consent of the Seller to the extent such amendment would reasonably be expected to have a material cost to
the Seller. 
 (c) Books and Records; Cooperation. The Purchaser and the Seller shall cooperate fully as and to the extent reasonably
requested by the other party in connection with the filing of Tax Returns, any audit, litigation, examination or other proceeding (each a “Tax Proceeding”) and claim for refund, the determination of a Tax liability or a right to
refund with respect to Taxes imposed on or with respect to the assets, operations or activities of any CCG Entity. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that
are reasonably relevant to any such Tax Return, Tax Proceeding, Tax refund or Tax determination and making Employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.
Notwithstanding the above, the control and conduct of any Tax Proceeding that is a Third Party Claim shall be governed by Section 10.6. 

(d) Tax Contests. Notwithstanding Section 10.6, any Tax Proceeding relating to a Seller Consolidated Return or Consolidated
Taxes shall be exclusively controlled by Seller. Any other Tax Proceeding constituting a Third Party Claim shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.6. 

  
 58 

 (e) Transfer Taxes. The Purchaser shall be responsible for all state and local transfer,
sales, use, stamp, registration or other similar Taxes (the “Transfer Taxes”), if any, resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser and the Seller shall cooperate in good faith to minimize, to the
extent permissible under applicable Laws, the amount of any such Transfer Taxes and shall cooperate and timely make all filings, returns, reports, and forms with respect to such Transfer Taxes. The Purchaser and the Seller shall execute and deliver
to each other at the Closing any appropriate exemption certificate relating to any available exemption from Transfer Taxes. 
 (f) Tax
Refunds. The amount of any refunds of Taxes of any CCG Entity for which Seller is responsible pursuant to Section 10.2(b) (other than to the extent such refund results from the carryback of a Tax attribute of any CCG Entity relating
to a Post-Closing Tax Period and other than any such refunds reflected on the Closing Statement as finally determined) shall be for the account of the Seller to the extent provided in this Section 6.8(f). All other refunds of Taxes of
any CCG Entity shall be for the account of the Purchaser. The amount of any refund of Taxes of any CCG Entity for any Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between the Purchaser and the Seller in accordance with the principles set forth in
Section 6.8(b)(iv). Each party shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party entitled to receive a refund of Tax pursuant to this Section 6.8(f) the amount of such refund within thirty (30) days
after such refund is received, net of any costs or expenses or any Taxes incurred by such party or its Affiliates in procuring such refund. The Purchaser shall make and shall cause the CCG Entities to make elections under Section 172(b)(3) and
other relevant provisions of the Code, and under any comparable provision of any state, local or foreign tax law in any state, locality or foreign jurisdiction in which the CCG Entities are included in a Seller Consolidated Return, to relinquish the
entire carryback period with respect to any net operating loss, capital loss, or tax credit of the CCG Entities in any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date that could be carried back to a Pre-Closing period of the CCG Entities;
provided, however, that with respect to any such item for which an election cannot be made under applicable Law, the Purchaser shall be entitled to receive (and the Seller shall be required to pay to the Seller) the Tax refund received
or Tax benefit that results from such carryback. 
 (g) Tax Agreements; Powers of Attorney. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall
terminate all Tax Agreements to which any CCG Entity is a party such that no CCG Entity shall have no obligations thereunder following the Closing. 

(h) Consolidated Return Elections. Seller shall cause the Seller Consolidated Group to make (or refrain from making, as applicable) Tax
elections (including on a protective basis) so that the CCG Entities shall suffer no reduction in tax basis or other attributes pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-36. 

Section 6.9 Resignation of Officers, Managers and Directors. Unless directed otherwise by the Purchaser in writing, the Company
and the Seller shall cause all officers and directors of the CCG Entities to deliver their written resignations to the Purchaser or to otherwise by removed from office to be effective on or before the Closing. 

  
 59 

 Section 6.10 Notification of Certain Matters. The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Purchaser of: (a) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event of which it has Knowledge that causes or would be reasonably likely to cause any representation or warranty of the Company or the Seller contained in this
Agreement to be inaccurate in any material respect at any time from the date of this Agreement to the Closing determined as if such representation or warranty were made at such time and (b) the failure of the Company or the Seller to comply
with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant to be complied with by such party hereunder (a “Disclosure Letter Update”). No Disclosure Letter Update shall have any effect for the purposes of indemnification hereunder or,
except as provided below, relieve the Seller or the Company from any breach or violation of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Purchaser provides the Company with a written termination notice
pursuant to Section 9.1(d)(i) within seven (7) Business Days after the expiration of any applicable cure period, if any, in respect of a breach described in a Disclosure Letter Update delivered pursuant to this
Section 6.10 and which uncured breach would otherwise give rise to a termination right by the Purchaser under Section 9.1(d)(i), then the Purchaser, in respect of such uncured breach, shall be deemed to have waived its right
to terminate this Agreement or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(d)(i) or Section 7.3 and such breach shall not be deemed to be a breach that would prevent the
Company or the Seller from delivering the certificate referenced in Section 8.2(b) or terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1(c). 

Section 6.11 Third-Party (Non-Governmental Entity) Consents. 

(a) The parties hereto shall give any notices to third parties (who are not Governmental Entities) and use, and cause their Subsidiaries to
use, their commercially reasonable efforts (including cooperating to the fullest extent reasonably practicable with the efforts of the other parties) to obtain any consents and approvals from such third parties triggered in connection with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (regardless of whether such consents are conditions to the closing of this Agreement); provided that the Seller shall be required to pay a fee to obtain a Person’s consent (if required
in order to obtain such consent) only with respect to Contracts listed in Section 7.3(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter; provided further (subject to the foregoing proviso) that the Seller shall not be required to pay a
fee to a Person in order to obtain such Person’s consent or to amend any existing Contract with such Person or to enter into any new Contract with such Person in order to obtain such Person’s consent. 

(b) With respect to any Material Contract for which any consent necessary in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby has not been obtained prior to the Closing, in the event that the Closing occurs, (i) the Seller shall, at the Purchaser’s request, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such consent after the Closing until either such
consent has been obtained or the Seller and the Purchaser mutually agree, in good faith, that such consent cannot reasonably be obtained and (ii) the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Purchaser with the same
benefits arising under any such Material Contract that is an Assigned Contract, including performance by the Seller as agent if legally and commercially feasible, provided that the Purchaser shall provide the Seller with such access to the
premises, books and records and personnel of Purchaser and the Company as is reasonably necessary to enable the Seller to perform its obligations under such Assigned Contract, and the Purchaser shall pay or satisfy the corresponding liabilities for
the enjoyment of such benefits to the extent the Company would have been responsible therefor if such consent had been obtained prior to the Closing. 

  
 60 

 Section 6.12 [Reserved] 

Section 6.13 Existing Letters of Credit. The Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Seller and its
Affiliates (other than the CCG Entities) to be released in full from any letters of credit, surety bonds, guarantees and other contractual obligations of the Seller and its Affiliates (other than the CCG Entities) set forth on Section 6.13
of the Company Disclosure Letter, effective as of the Closing. The Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Company) to, cooperate with and to provide reasonable assistance to the Purchaser as may be reasonably requested by
the Purchaser in connection with the actions contemplated by this Section 6.13. 
 Section 6.14 Other Agreements.
Concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall, on the one hand, and, as applicable, the Seller shall, or shall cause one or more of its Affiliates to, on the other hand, enter into the following agreements (together, the “Ancillary
Agreements”). 
 (a) a Transition Services Agreement in a form and substance attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement (the
“Transition Services Agreement”), and 
 (b) two leases, in the form and substance as may be further negotiated by the
parties in good faith based on drafts exchanged prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Leases”) for the lease of the premises occupied by certain CCG Entities at 15 S. Virginia Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and 518 N. Indiana
Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 
 Section 6.15 Employee Matters. 

(a) The Purchaser shall take such action as may be necessary so that on and after the Closing and at all times prior to the first anniversary
of the Closing Date, the Covered Employees (as defined below) shall, for so long as their employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates continues during such period, be provided employee benefits, plans and programs (including deferred
compensation, pension, life insurance, welfare, profit sharing, severance, salary continuation and fringe benefits, but excluding 401(k), incentive compensation arrangements and retention awards) which, in the aggregate, are (i) not materially
less favorable than those currently provided to Covered Employees by the Seller immediately prior to the Closing or (ii) are substantially the same as those made available by the Purchaser to similarly situated employees of the Purchaser. Any
costs (including without limitation vendor and broker costs) associated with replicating current employee benefits, plans and programs for this purpose that are incurred prior to the Closing shall be borne by the Seller. For all purposes of this
Agreement, “Covered Employees” shall mean all Employees immediately prior to the Closing Date other than the Identified Employees. For purposes of eligibility to participate and vesting in all benefits provided by the Purchaser or
the CCG Entities on and after the Closing, the Covered Employees will be credited with their years of service with the CCG Entities and prior employers to the extent service with the CCG Entities and prior employers is taken into account under the
Employee Plans. The eligibility of Covered Employees to participate in any welfare benefit plan or program of the Purchaser and the CCG Entities on and after the Closing shall not be subject to any eligibility waiting periods, evidence of
insurability requirements or any exclusions or 

  
 61 

 
limitations for any pre-existing conditions except to the extent such individual was or would have been subject to such exclusion under similar Employee Plans. The Purchaser shall cause each
Covered Employee to be given credit under any welfare benefit plan or program of the Purchaser or the CCG Entities for all amounts paid by such Covered Employee under any benefit plans or programs offered by the CCG Entities or any Affiliate of the
CCG Entities prior to the Closing for the plan year that includes the Closing Date for purposes of applying deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket maximums as though such amounts had been paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
applicable plan or program maintained by the Purchaser for the plan year in which the Closing Date occurs. At the Purchaser’s request, the Seller will cause the CCG Entities to provide the Purchaser with information reasonably necessary
(including employment records and payroll records) to permit the Purchaser to give effect to and to comply with this Section 6.15(a), subject to applicable Law. 

(b) For a period of ninety-one (91) days (inclusive) following the Closing Date, the Purchaser and the CCG Entities shall not implement
any plant closing, mass layoff or other termination of employees that, either alone or in the aggregate (with any other termination of employees by the CCG Entities prior to the Closing Date), would create any obligations upon or liabilities for
Seller or its Affiliates under the WARN Act. Following the Closing Date, the Purchaser and the Company and each of their respective Subsidiaries hereby agree to indemnify the Seller and its officers, directors, employees, consultants, stockholders
and Affiliates for, and to hold each of them harmless from and against, all Damages (which shall not include, for avoidance of doubt, Seller Severance Costs) that any of them may suffer by reason of or in connection with any claim, proceeding or
suit brought against any of them under the WARN Act, or other Law relating to Employment, which relate to actions taken by the Purchaser or the CCG Entities or any of their respective Affiliates at any time after the Closing (including any discharge
or constructive discharge of any of the employees of the CCG Entities with regard to any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment of the CCG Entities) or to the Purchaser’s pre-Closing
identification of any Identified Employee. 
 (c) The Seller shall bear and be responsible for all liabilities and obligations under any
written retention bonus, transaction bonus or similar arrangement of the CCG Entities, the Seller, LSB or any of their respective Affiliates entered into prior to the Closing applicable to any Employee whereby payment is triggered by the
transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Retention Awards, and shall ensure that such bonuses are paid in accordance with their terms in effect as of the Closing Date. 

(d) Effective as of the Closing Date, each Covered Employee shall cease active participation in and benefit accrual under, and each CCG Entity
shall cease to be a contributing sponsor of, and participating employer in, any benefit plans, programs or arrangements, including the Seller 401k Plan, that are sponsored or maintained by Seller or LSB. Prior to the Closing, Seller or its
Affiliates shall fully fund, through the Closing, all employee contributions and employer matching contributions required pursuant to the terms of the Seller 401(k) Plan with respect to Covered Employees. Effective as soon as administratively
possible following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause, or cause its Affiliates to cause, the Covered Employees to participate in a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code that includes a cash or
deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code (the “Purchaser DC Plan”). The terms of the Purchaser DC Plan 

  
 62 

 
shall provide that Covered Employees shall have the right to make direct rollovers to the applicable Purchaser DC Plan of their accounts in the Seller 401k Plan, including if the entire account
balance is rolled over, a direct rollover of any notes evidencing loans made to such Covered Employees with respect to the transferred accounts. 

(e) To the extent that such coverage constitutes Seller Severance Costs, Seller shall provide COBRA continuation coverage (within the meaning
of Section 4980B of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder) to all Identified Employees who are M&A qualified beneficiaries (within the meaning assigned to such term under Q&A-4 of
Treasury regulation Section 54.4980B-9) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for the duration of the period to which such individuals are entitled to such coverage. Seller shall
take any and all necessary actions to ensure that Purchaser and its affiliates are not required to provide such continuation coverage to the extent of Seller Severance Costs to any such individual at any time. Purchaser shall reimburse Seller for
the cost to Seller of providing COBRA continuation coverage to the Identified Employees in excess of the limits of the Seller Severance Costs to the extent such limits are exceeded. 

(f) Effective as of the Closing Date: (a) to the extent such balances are not actually transferred, each Covered Employee’s account
balance, if any, in the health care flexible spending account and dependent care spending account (whether positive or negative, collectively, the “Transferred Account Balances”) under the health care flexible spending and dependent
care spending plan(s) of LSB or its Affiliates (collectively, the “LSB Flex Plan”) shall be credited or debited for booking purposes, as applicable, to one or more comparable plans of the Company, the Purchaser or their Affiliates
(collectively, the “Purchaser Flex Plan”); (b) the elections, contribution levels and coverage levels of the Covered Employees who participated in the LSB Flex Plan prior to Closing (the “Covered Flex Plan
Employees”) shall apply under the Purchaser Flex Plan in the same manner as under the LSB Flex Plan; and (c) the Covered Flex Plan Employees shall be reimbursed from the Purchaser Flex Plan for claims incurred at any time during the
plan year of the Purchaser Flex Plan in which the Closing occurs that are submitted to the Purchaser Flex Plan from or after Closing on the same basis and the same terms and conditions as under the LSB Flex Plan. 

(g) Except as provided in Section 6.15(e), the Seller agrees that any claims for welfare benefits incurred before the Closing Date
with respect to any Employees (or their covered dependents or beneficiaries) shall be the responsibility of the Seller or the insurers of the Seller’s welfare plans and the Purchaser agrees that any claims for welfare benefits incurred on or
after the Closing Date with respect to any Employees (or their covered dependents or beneficiaries) shall be the responsibility of the Purchaser or the insurers of Purchaser’s welfare plans. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to health
care services provided in connection with in-patient hospitalization, such claim is deemed to incurred on the first day on which hospitalization occurs. In the event of an employee’s death or permanent disability, the claim for welfare benefits
shall be deemed to be incurred on the date the employee dies or is deemed permanently disabled under the applicable plan. 
 (h) The
provisions of this Section 6.15 are solely for the benefit of the Company, the Seller and the Purchaser, and no current or former Employee or any other individual shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary of this
Section 6.15. In no event shall the terms of this Section 6.15 be deemed to (i) establish, amend, or modify any 

  
 63 

 
Employee Plan, any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, or any other benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement maintained or sponsored by Seller, the
Company or any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) alter or limit the ability of the Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (including any CCG Entity) to amend, modify or terminate any Employee Plan, employment agreement or any other benefit or
employment plan, program, agreement or arrangement after the Closing Date, or (iii) confer upon any current or former Employee, officer, partner, member, director or consultant, any right to employment or continued employment or continued
service with Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (including any CCG Entity), preclude the ability of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries (including any CCG Entity) to terminate the employment or services of any Employee, officer, partner, member,
director or consultant for any reason, or constitute or create an employment agreement with any such Person. 
 (i) Not less than ten
(10) Business Days prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall identify in writing to the Seller each Employee that Purchaser determines will be terminated from employment with a CCG Entity effective at the Closing (each such Employee along with
any other Employees Purchaser otherwise requests that Seller terminate, an “Identified Employee”). Seller shall take all action necessary or appropriate to cause each Identified Employee to be terminated from employment with the
applicable CCG Entity effective at the Closing. Seller may cause the employment of any Identified Employee to be transferred to an Affiliate of the Seller (other than a CCG Entity). Seller shall be responsible for and shall bear all Seller Severance
Costs. Purchaser shall be responsible for and shall bear all Purchaser Severance Costs. 
 Section 6.16 Seller’s Access to
Information. From and after the Closing, the Purchaser shall (and shall cause the CCG Entities to) hold all the books and records of the CCG Entities existing on the Closing Date and not to destroy or dispose of any such books or records for a
period of five (5) years from the Closing, and thereafter, if it desires to destroy or dispose of such books and records, to offer first in writing at least ninety (90) days prior to such destruction or disposal to surrender them to the
Seller. During that five year period, the Purchaser shall (and shall cause the CCG Entities to), during normal business hours, and upon reasonable notice, make available and provide the Seller and its representatives (including counsel and
independent auditors) with access to the facilities and properties of the CCG Entities and to all information, files, documents and records (written and computer) that are not otherwise protected by legal privilege relating to the CCG Entities or
any of their businesses or operations for any and all periods prior to or including the Closing Date that they may reasonably require with respect to any reasonable business purpose (including any Tax matter) or in connection with any claim,
dispute, action, cause of action, investigation or proceeding of any kind by or against any person, and shall (and shall cause the CCG Entities to) cooperate fully with the Seller and its representatives (including counsel and independent auditors)
in connection with the foregoing, at the sole cost and expense of the Seller, including by making tax, accounting and financial personnel and other appropriate employees and officers of the CCG Entities reasonably available to the Seller and its
respective representatives (including counsel and independent auditors), with regard to any reasonable business purpose. 

  
 64 

 Section 6.17 Insurance. 

(a) The Seller shall cause to be maintained through the Closing the Policies (or other policies providing substantially similar insurance
coverage). Prior to Closing, the Seller shall purchase “tail” insurance policies that meet the following criteria: (1) naming the D&O Indemnitees and CCG Entities as insureds; (2) containing a claims period of at least six
(6) years from the Closing; (3) issued by the current insurers or an insurance carrier with the same or better credit rating as the current insurers; (4) for (a) directors & officers liability with stand alone policy
limits of $20 million ($250,000 self insured retention), (b) employment practices liability with stand alone policy limits (including entity coverage) of $10 million ($100,000 self insured retention), (c) fiduciary with stand alone policy
limits of $5 million ($0 self insured retention) and (d) lawyers’ professional liability with stand alone policy limits of $1 million ($10,000 self insured retention) coverages (or for such lesser amount of coverage as Purchaser may agree
to in its sole discretion); and (5) otherwise in a scope at least as favorable as the existing policies or towers of policies with respect to acts, omissions, or wrongful acts that allegedly took place at or prior to the Closing and upon terms
and coverage substantially identical to those set forth in the existing policies. The premiums for such “tail” insurance policies shall be borne by the Seller up to a maximum of $250,000, with any excess over such amount to be paid
directly by the Purchaser at the time such policies are bound. The Purchaser shall not, and shall cause the CCG Entities not to, cancel or change the Policies or the “tail” policies purchased in accordance with this provision in any
respect, except as required by applicable Law. At Closing, the Seller shall provide to the Purchaser full copies of all historical general liability insurance policies in full that are in the Seller’s possession, as well as any secondary
evidence of the Seller’s historical general liability insurance. 
 (b) Following the Closing, Purchaser shall have the right to pursue
insurance recovery from the insurers under all such Policies, tails and historical general liability insurance policies for matters or claims existing, occurring or wrongful acts that allegedly took place at or prior to Closing relating in any way
to any CCG Entity. Additionally, following the Closing: (1) the Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, seek to change any rights or obligations of any CCG Entity under such Policies, tails and/or general liability insurance;
(2) the Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate with the CCG Entities in making claims under such Policies, tails and/or general liability insurance; and (3) Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, promptly pay
over to the applicable CCG Entity any amounts that Seller or any such Affiliate may receive under such Policies, tails or general liability insurance with respect to losses experienced by such CCG Entity to the extent such losses were borne by such
CCG Entity. 
 Section 6.18 Separation/TSA Cooperation. As soon as possible after the date hereof, the parties shall cooperate
in good faith to (i) plan for the separation of, and separate, as of the Closing, logically and physically the CCG Entities’ systems and data from those of the Seller and its Affiliates (other than the CCG Entities), including the Seller
and LSB making available to the Purchaser human resources and other data reasonably requested by the Purchaser related to the CCG Entities and (ii) finalize Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement setting forth the Transition
Services (as defined in the Transition Services Agreement), respectively. Each party shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with the activities contemplated in this Section 6.18 prior to the Closing. 

  
 65 

 Section 6.19 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation. 

(a) LSB and the Seller acknowledge and agree that (A) the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 6.19
(i) impose a reasonable restraint on LSB and the Seller in light of the activities and business of the CCG Entities on the date of the execution of this Agreement and the current plans of the CCG Entities, (ii) are reasonable and valid in
geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects, and (iii) are essential to protect the value of the Business and (B) they have obtained knowledge, contacts, know-how and experience and that such knowledge, contacts, know-how and
experience could be used to the substantial advantage of a competitor of the CCG Entities and to the detriment of the CCG Entities. LSB and the Seller also acknowledge that the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Shares in reliance on the covenants
made by LSB and the Seller in this Section 6.19, and that the Purchaser would not have agreed to purchase the Shares in the absence of the covenants made by LSB and the Seller in this Section 6.19. Subject to
Section 6.19(b), from and after the Closing and until the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Restrictive Covenant Period”), LSB and the Seller
shall not, and shall cause their respective Affiliates not to, (i) engage in the Business in the United States or (ii) own an interest in, or manage, operate, control, or participate in or be connected with, as a director, officer,
employee, partner, member, stockholder, consultant, agent or otherwise, any Person engaged in the Business (“Competing Person”), in each case, directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any other Person. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of this Section 6.19, “Affiliates” of LSB and the Seller shall not include any Person solely based on being a stockholder or director of LSB. Each of LSB and the Seller
further agrees that, during the Restrictive Covenant Period, it shall not, directly or indirectly, for its own account or for the account of any other Person, engage in Interfering Activities. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.19 to the contrary, nothing contained in this Section 6.19 shall
prohibit or restrict LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates from collectively owning up to an aggregate of three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of any publicly traded Competing Person so long
as none of LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates participates in the management of such Competing Person. 
 (c) Each of LSB
and the Seller hereby agrees and stipulates, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, that in any action or claim brought by LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, or in any action or claim brought against LSB, the Seller or
any of their respective Affiliates, involving the provisions of Section 6.19(a), each of LSB and the Seller hereby waives, and hereby agrees to cause its Affiliates to waive, any claim or defense that the non-competition covenants
provided in Section 6.19(a) are unenforceable, void or voidable, for any reason, including, but not limited to, fraud, misrepresentation, illegality, unenforceable restraint of trade, failure of consideration, illusory contract, mistake
or any other substantive legal defense. 
 (d) From and after the date hereof and until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Closing
Date, LSB and the Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates and representatives (in such capacity) to keep confidential any knowledge and information relating to any CCG Entity or any portion of the Business which is not publicly
available, including information which (i) is in the nature of competitively sensitive information the disclosure of which could harm the competitive advantage of any CCG Entity or its successors with respect to the operation of the Business or
provides a competitive advantage to a competitor of any CCG Entity or its successors, or (ii) could otherwise materially harm any CCG Entity’s ownership or operation of the Business (each of the foregoing, the “Proprietary
Information”) which LSB, the 

  
 66 

 
Seller or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the CCG Entities) obtained with respect to the CCG Entities or their respective representatives unless and to the extent (x) publicly
available (other than as a result of an act or omission of LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives), (y) required by the rules of any national or international securities exchange or other self-regulatory entity
applicable to LSB, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives, or (z) as requested pursuant to a subpoena, court order, civil investigative demand or similar judicial process or other oral or written request issued by a
court of competent jurisdiction or by international, national, state or local governmental or regulatory body. 
 (e) If any court of
competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the duration or the geographic scope of any of the provisions of this Section 6.19 unenforceable, the other provisions of this Section 6.19 shall nevertheless stand and the
duration and/or geographic scope set forth herein shall be deemed to be the longest period and/or greatest size permissible by Law under the circumstances, and the parties hereto agree that such court shall reduce the time period and/or geographic
scope to permissible duration or size. 
 (f) Without limiting the remedies available to the Purchaser, LSB and the Seller acknowledge that a
breach by LSB or the Seller of any of the covenants contained in this Section 6.19 may result in material irreparable injury to the Purchaser and the CCG Entities for which there is no adequate remedy at Law, that it may not be possible
to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of such a breach or threat thereof, the Purchaser or any CCG Entity shall be entitled to seek a temporary restraining order and/or a preliminary or permanent injunction, without
the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach hereof, restraining LSB and/or the Seller from engaging in activities prohibited by this Section 6.19 or such other relief as may be
required specifically to enforce any of the covenants in this Section 6.19. 
 (g) Each covenant in this Section 6.19
shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action of LSB or the Seller against the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, whether predicated on this Agreement or
otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Purchaser of each such covenant. The covenants contained in this Section 6.19 shall not be affected by any breach of any other provision hereof by any party hereto. LSB,
the Seller and Purchaser intend that the covenants in this Section 6.19 shall be deemed to be a series of separate covenants, one for each and every county of the United States. 

Section 6.20 Title Insurance. The Purchaser shall have the right to procure, with any title premiums, other title charges and
survey costs being at the Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, an owner’s policy of title insurance (or endorsements to any existing owner’s policy of title insurance issued to any CCG Entity) for each Owned Real Property (the
“New Title Coverage”), and the Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Purchaser in connection therewith, including by the Seller providing to Title Insurer, at or prior to Closing, (a) one or
more owner’s affidavits in form and substance customary for the jurisdiction in which the applicable Owned Real Property is located; (b) a non-imputation affidavit from the Seller in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Seller;
(c) one or more survey affidavits in form and substance customary for the jurisdiction in which the applicable Owned Real Property is located; and (d) such other information or documents as Title Insurer may reasonably request from the
Seller in connection with the Purchaser’s efforts to 

  
 67 

 
procure the New Title Coverage (collectively, the “Title Documents”); provided, however, in no event shall (i) obtaining the New Title Coverage be a condition
to the Purchaser’s obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) any Title Document expand the Seller’s obligations or liabilities or decrease its rights or benefits under this Agreement. 

Section 6.21 Purchaser R&W Insurance. 

(a) Not more than five Business Days after the date of this Agreement, the Seller shall pay to the applicable Purchaser R&W Insurance
Provider the underwriting fee and premiums necessary to bind the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy. Prior to or in connection with the Closing, the Seller shall pay the applicable Purchaser R&W Insurance Provider the remaining premiums
necessary for the issuance of the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy up to a maximum of $2,500,000 (inclusive of the underwriting fee and premiums paid to bind the policy), with any excess over such amount to be paid directly by the Purchaser. 

(b) The Purchaser shall execute and cause to be executed all certifications attached to the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy or otherwise as
may be reasonably required by the Purchaser R&W Insurance Provider. 
 (c) Following the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall not amend or
modify the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy in any manner that would adversely affect the Seller. 
 ARTICLE VII 

CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING 

Section 7.1 Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser and the Seller. The respective obligations of the Purchaser and the
Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions: 

(a) no Governmental Entity shall have enacted, issued, promulgated or enforced or entered any statute, rule, regulation, executive order,
decree, injunction, temporary restraining order or any other order of any nature to the effect that the transactions contemplated hereby may not be consummated as provided herein (a “Prohibitive Order”); 

(b) the waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act shall have expired
or been earlier terminated; and 
 (c) the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy shall be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 Section 7.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Seller. The obligations of the Seller to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby are further subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Seller) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions: 

(a) the representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Article V shall be accurate in all respects (if and to the
extent qualified by the term “material”, “in all material respects”, “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” or any other similar qualification based 

  
 68 

 
upon materiality) or in all material respects (if and to the extent not modified by any such qualification), as of the Closing as though made at and as of such time or, in the case of
representations and warranties made as of a specific date, as of such date, except where any such failure of such representations and warranties to be accurate would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute or result in a Purchaser Material
Adverse Effect; 
 (b) the Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects its obligations hereunder required to be performed by it
at or prior to the Closing; and 
 (c) the Purchaser shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Seller the items identified in
Section 8.3. 
 Section 7.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser. The obligations of the Purchaser to
consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are further subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Purchaser) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions: 

(a) the representations and warranties of the Seller and the Company contained in Article III and Article IV shall be
accurate in all respects (if and to the extent qualified by the term “material”, “in all material respects”, “Seller Material Adverse Effect”, “Company Material Adverse Effect” or any other similar
qualification based upon materiality) or in all material respects (if and to the extent not modified by any such qualification), as of the Closing as though made at and as of such time or, in the case of representations and warranties made as of a
specific date, as of such date, except where any such failure of such representations and warranties to be accurate would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Seller Material Adverse
Effect, as applicable; 
 (b) the Seller and the Company shall have performed in all material respects their obligations hereunder required
to be performed by each of them at or prior to the Closing; 
 (c) the Company shall have received all consents, authorizations or approvals
or delivered all notices required under the Contracts listed in Section 7.3(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, and no such consents, authorizations, approvals
or notices shall have been revoked; 
 (d) the Seller shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Purchaser the items identified
in Section 8.2; and 
 (e) no change, effect, event, development or occurrence shall have occurred or come to exist since the
date hereof that has had or would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Seller Material Adverse Effect. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 CLOSING

 Section 8.1 Closing. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Seller and the Purchaser, the Closing shall occur at
9:00 a.m. local time on the date that is not later than the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date on which all conditions to Closing (other than conditions the fulfillment of which are to occur at the Closing, but subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) are satisfied or waived. The Closing shall take place at the Dallas, Texas office of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., located at 2001 Ross Avenue, Suite 3700, Dallas, Texas 75201, or at such other
time or place as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree. 

  
 69 

 Section 8.2 Seller Closing Deliveries. At the Closing, the Seller shall deliver, or
cause to be delivered, to the Purchaser the following: 
 (a) certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by
stock powers duly endorsed in blank, and otherwise in proper form for transfer; 
 (b) a certificate as to compliance with the conditions set
forth in Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(b) and Section 7.3(e), duly executed by an authorized representative of the Seller; 

(c) the Transition Services Agreement duly executed by any of the Seller and its affiliates that is a party thereto; 

(d) for each Owned Real Property for which the Purchaser elects to obtain New Title Coverage pursuant to Section 6.20, the
applicable Title Documents; 
 (e) a statement meeting the requirements of Section 1.1445-2(b)
of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, to the effect that the Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; 

(f) the Leases contemplated by Section 6.14(b) duly executed by any of the Seller and its affiliates that is a party thereto; and

 (g) UCC-3 financing statements and mortgage releases for the Owned Real Property providing for the termination of Liens with respect to
the LSB Debt Instruments and any other applicable Excluded CCG Entities Indebtedness under Section 2.3(b). 
 Section 8.3
Purchaser Closing Deliveries. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Seller the following: 

(a) the Transaction Price in accordance with Section 2.2; and 

(b) a certificate as to compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b), duly executed by
an authorized officer of the Purchaser. 
 ARTICLE IX 

TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT 

Section 9.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing and the transactions contemplated
hereby may be abandoned: 
 (a) by unanimous written agreement of the Purchaser and the Seller; 

  
 70 

 (b) by the Seller or Purchaser if at any time prior to the Closing Date there shall be a
Prohibitive Order and such Prohibitive Order shall have become final and nonappealable; 
 (c) by the Seller if: 

(i) at any time prior to the Closing Date, (A) there shall be a breach of any representation or warranty of the Purchaser in this
Agreement or (B) there shall be a breach by the Purchaser of any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in each case, such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 would not be satisfied if such breach is
occurring or continuing as of the Closing; provided that such breach has not been waived by the Seller, provided further that (x) such breach is incapable of being cured by the Purchaser or (y) if capable of being
cured, shall not have been cured by the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Seller specifying the nature of such breach and requesting that it be cured, provided further that such breach is
continuing at the time of termination, and provided further that neither the Seller nor the Company is then in breach of this Agreement so as to cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or
Section 7.3 not to be satisfied; 
 (ii) the Closing shall not have occurred by November 11, 2016 (the “Initial
Termination Date”; provided, that if all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.3 have been satisfied or waived (other than the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) and other
than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied other than at the Closing, each of which conditions is capable of being satisfied at the date of termination of this Agreement if the Closing were to occur at that time (except those
conditions which are unsatisfied solely as the result of the passage of the Initial Termination Date)), the Purchaser (by delivery of written notice to the Seller prior to 5:30 p.m. local time in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma no more than seven
calendar days and no fewer than two calendar days prior to the Initial Termination Date), upon a good faith determination in its sole discretion that the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) is reasonably capable of being satisfied on
or prior to the ten month anniversary of signing, may extend the Initial Termination Date to a date that is not more than sixty calendar days after the Initial Termination Date (as extended, the “First Extended Termination Date”);
provided, further, that no more than seven calendar days and no fewer than two calendar days prior to the First Extended Termination Date, if all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.3 have
been satisfied or waived (other than the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) and other than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied other than at the Closing, each of which conditions is capable of being satisfied at
the date of termination of this Agreement if the Closing were to occur at that time (except those conditions which are unsatisfied solely as the result of the passage of the First Extended Termination Date)), the Purchaser (by delivery of written
notice to the Seller prior to 5:30 p.m. local time in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma no more than seven calendar days and no fewer than two calendar days prior to the First Extended Termination Date), upon a good faith determination in its sole
discretion that the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) is reasonably capable of being satisfied on or prior to the ten month anniversary of signing, may extend the First Extended Termination Date to a date that is not more than sixty
calendar days after the First Extended Termination Date (as extended, the “Second Extended Termination Date”); provided, further, that notice extending the termination date provided by Purchaser’s counsel via
electronic mail to Seller’s counsel shall be deemed sufficient notice; provided further that the Seller shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c)(ii) if either the Seller or
the Company is in material breach of this Agreement; or; 
  

  
 71 

 (iii) (A) all of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and
Section 7.3 have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied other than at the Closing, each of which conditions is capable of being satisfied at the date of termination of this
Agreement if the Closing were to occur at that time), (B) the Seller shall have given irrevocable written notice to the Purchaser that it stands and will stand, ready, willing and able to consummate the Closing, (C) the Purchaser fails to
consummate the Closing by the time the Closing should have occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 and (D) the Seller shall have given the Purchaser written notice at least one (1) Business Day prior to such termination stating the
Seller’s intention to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c)(iii); or 
 (d) by the Purchaser if: 

(i) at any time prior to the Closing Date, (A) there shall be a breach of any representation or warranty by the Seller or the Company in
this Agreement, or (B) there shall be a breach by the Seller or the Company of any of their covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, in each case, such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3 would not be satisfied
if such breach is occurring or continuing as of the Closing; provided that such breach has not been waived by the Purchaser, provided further that (x) such breach is incapable of being cured by the Seller or the Company, as
the case may be, or (y) if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured by the Seller or the Company, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Purchaser, provided further that
such breach is continuing at the time of termination, and provided further that the Purchaser is not then in breach of this Agreement so as to cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 or Section 7.2
not to be satisfied, or 
 (ii) the Closing shall not have occurred by the Initial Termination Date (or the First Extended Termination Date
or the Second Extended Termination Date if properly extended by the Purchaser in accordance with Section 9.1(c)(ii)); provided that the Purchaser may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d)(ii) if
it is in material breach of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 by any party hereto, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other parties specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is made, this Agreement shall become void and
have no effect (other than this Section 9.2, Section 6.2 (Confidentiality), Section 9.3 (Payment), and Article XI (Miscellaneous)) and, subject to this Section 9.2, Section 9.3
(Payment) and Section 11.13, there shall be no liability hereunder on the part of the parties hereto except for liability arising out of a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if this Agreement is terminated: 

(a) the Purchaser shall return all documents, work papers and other materials furnished by the Seller, the Company, any of their Affiliates, or
any of their respective representatives or advisors relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, whether obtained before or after the execution hereof, to the Seller, or destroy all such documents, work papers and other materials and certify in
writing to the Seller that such destruction has been completed, in each case in accordance with this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement; 

  
 72 

 (b) the Purchaser shall not disclose, and shall keep strictly confidential, all Confidential
Information in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement; and 
 (c) all filings, applications and other submissions made
pursuant hereto shall, at the option of the filing party and to the extent practicable, be withdrawn from the Governmental Entity or other Person to which made. 

Section 9.3 Payment. In the event that this Agreement is terminated (x) by the Seller or the Company (i) pursuant to
Section 9.1(c)(ii), and if as of the date of termination (A) the condition set forth in Section 7.1(b) has not been satisfied, including but not limited to the waiting period applicable to the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act is still pending as of such date of termination (or the condition set forth in Section 7.1(a) has not been satisfied as the result of a Prohibitive Order issued to enforce any
antitrust or competition law of the United States of America) and (B) all other conditions to closing have been, or are readily capable of being, satisfied, or (ii) pursuant to Section 9.1(b) as the result of a Prohibitive
Order issued to enforce any antitrust or competition law of the United States of America that has become final and nonappealable, or (y) by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 9.1(d)(ii), then the Purchaser shall promptly, but in no
event later than two days after the date of such termination, pay the Seller an expense reimbursement in the agreed amount of $4,000,000 (the “Payment”) in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account to be
indicated by the Seller. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties agree that if this Agreement is terminated under circumstances in which Purchaser is obligated to pay the Payment under this Section 9.3 and
the Payment is actually paid in full, the payment of the Payment shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available to the Seller with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, and, upon payment of the Payment pursuant to
this Section 9.3, the Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders and other representatives shall have no further liability with respect to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated herein to the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the Payment is not intended to be a penalty, but rather is liquidated damages in a reasonable amount that will
compensate the Seller in the circumstances in which such Payment is due and payable for the efforts and resources expended and opportunities foregone while negotiating this Agreement and in reliance on this Agreement and on the expectation of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, which amount would otherwise be impossible to calculate with precision. In no event shall Purchaser be entitled to payment of the Payment on more than one occasion. 

ARTICLE X 

INDEMNIFICATION 

Section 10.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
and any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing until 11:59 p.m. local time in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma on the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Final Release 

  
 73 

 
Date”), at which time they (and the right to commence any claim with respect thereto under this Article X) shall terminate, and thereafter no party hereto shall be under any
liability whatsoever with respect to any such representation or warranty; provided, however, that (a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.13 (Environmental Matters) shall survive the Closing until
the date that is the five (5) year anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) and Section 4.11 (Employee Benefits Plans) shall survive the Closing until
the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to any claim of breach of such representations and warranties, and (c) the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1
(Ownership of the Shares), Section 3.3 (Authorization; Noncontravention), Section 4.1 (Corporate Power), Section 4.2 (Authorization; Noncontravention), Section 4.3 (Capitalization),
Section 4.4 (Subsidiaries) and Section 4.15 (Broker’s or Finder’s Fee), Section 5.1 (Due Organization and Corporate Power) and Section 5.2 (Authorization; Noncontravention) (collectively,
such representations and warranties, the “Fundamental Representations”) shall survive the Closing indefinitely (in any such case, the “Survival Period”). In addition, all covenants and agreements contained in this
Agreement, including the indemnification covenants and obligations contained in this Article X, shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the respective matters contained therein.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, any breach of representations, warranties, covenants or agreements in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the
preceding sentences, if notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been given to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time. 

Section 10.2 Seller’s Indemnification Obligations. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, from and after
the Closing, the Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnitees from, against and in respect of, and pay or reimburse the Purchaser Indemnitees for, any and all Damages (whenever arising or incurred) arising out of or
relating to: 
 (a) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company or the Seller in this Agreement or any certificate
delivered hereunder (including the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(b); 
 (b) Indemnified Taxes and Indemnified
Benefits Matters; 
 (c) any breach of any covenant, agreement or undertaking made by the Company to the extent such covenant, agreement or
undertaking is required to be performed or satisfied by the Company prior to the Closing or the Seller in this Agreement or any certificate delivered hereunder (including the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(a)); and 

(d) any CCG Entities Indebtedness outstanding as of immediately prior to the Closing and any Transaction Expenses, in each case, not taken into
account in connection with the calculation and payment of the Transaction Price at Closing or after Closing pursuant to Section 2.3(b). 

For the purposes of determining under this Section 10.2 (i) whether any representation made by the Company or the Seller
herein is inaccurate or whether there has been a breach of any warranty and (ii) the amount of any Damages arising from such inaccuracy or breach, such 

  
 74 

 
representation and warranty (excluding each Scrape Excluded Representation) shall be considered without regard to any qualification by or reference to the words “Company Material Adverse
Effect,” “Seller Material Adverse Effect,” “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects” or any similar words or qualifications contained therein (other than any qualification or reference
contained in the definition of any defined term used herein). 
 Section 10.3 Limitation on the Seller’s Indemnification
Obligations. The Seller’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2 are subject to the following limitations: 

(a) Purchaser Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover under Section 10.2(a) (except with respect to any breach relating to the
representations and warranties contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) or the Fundamental Representations) any Damages until the total amount which Purchaser Indemnitees would recover under Section 10.2(a) (except for the
representations and warranties contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) or the Fundamental Representations) exceeds $2,730,000 (the “Deductible”), at which point the Seller shall be liable only for the amounts in excess of the
Deductible; provided that the Seller shall not be liable to indemnify Purchaser Indemnitees for any individual claim or claims relating to the same set of facts and circumstances pursuant to Section 10.2(a) until Purchaser
Indemnitees have suffered aggregate Damages arising out of such claim or claims relating to the same set of facts and circumstances equaling or exceeding $36,000, in which case the Seller shall be liable for all Damages arising out of such claim or
claims subject to the limitations of this Section 10.3; and provided further that all claims for which the Seller is not required to indemnify Purchaser Indemnitees because the associated Damages do not equal or exceed
$36,000 shall also not count towards the Deductible; 
 (b) Purchaser Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover from Seller under
Section 10.2(a) (except with respect to any breach relating to the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) or Fundamental Representations) any Damages to the extent the aggregate claims under
Section 10.2(a) (except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) or the Fundamental Representations) of Purchaser Indemnitees exceed $2,730,000 (the “Liability Cap”). 

(c) The aggregate liability of the Seller for Damages of Purchaser Indemnitees under Section 10.2 shall not exceed the amount of
the final Transaction Price. 
 (d) Indemnification Escrow Fund. To provide a fund against which a Purchaser Indemnitee may assert
claims of indemnification under this Article X (each a “Purchaser Indemnification Claim”), the Indemnification Escrow Amount shall be deposited into escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement in accordance with
Section 2.2(b). The Indemnification Escrow Fund shall be held and distributed in accordance with this Article X and the Escrow Agreement. Each Purchaser Indemnification Claim shall be made only in accordance with this
Article X and the Escrow Agreement. A Purchaser Indemnitee shall seek monetary recourse for Purchaser Indemnification Claims solely as set forth in Section 10.3(h). 

(e) Reserved Amounts in the Indemnification Escrow Fund; Release in respect of Claims. In the event any Purchaser Indemnification Claim
is made by a Purchaser Indemnitee pursuant to a Notice of Claim delivered to the Seller prior to the Final Release Date, 

  
 75 

 
the Purchaser and the Seller shall negotiate in good faith to determine a reasonable amount to be reserved and held in deposit in the Indemnification Escrow Fund in respect of such Notice of
Claim (a “Reserved Amount”). If the Purchaser and Seller are unable to reach agreement as to the Reserved Amount by the Final Release Date, then the Reserved Amount with respect to such Notice of Claim shall be a reasonable amount
determined in good faith by the Purchaser. Upon the agreement by the Seller and the Purchaser Indemnitee or as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any Notice of Claim, any amounts payable with respect to any Damage
in a Notice of Claim to the Purchaser Indemnitee shall be payable in accordance with Section 10.3(h). The Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver executed instructions directing the Escrow Agent to deliver to the Purchaser such amount.

 (f) Release from Escrow. 

(i) On the Final Release Date or promptly thereafter, the Seller and the Purchaser shall deliver executed instructions, directing the Escrow
Agent to, subject to the terms set forth in the Escrow Agreement, disburse to the Seller the remaining portion of the Indemnification Escrow Amount which exceeds any Reserved Amounts in respect of Purchaser Indemnification Claims pending, but not
yet paid. 
 (ii) Following the Final Release Date, from time to time, upon resolution of any Purchaser Indemnification Claim and the
payment of amounts, if any, determined to be payable to the Purchaser from the Indemnification Escrow Amount, the Seller and the Purchaser shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent to release to the Seller the excess of the then-current balance in the
Indemnification Escrow Fund over the aggregate Reserved Amounts in respect of all remaining unresolved Purchaser Indemnification Claims made prior to the Final Release Date, subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement. 

(g) No Escrow Offsets. Purchaser Indemnitees may not offset funds held in or to be released from (i) the Adjustment Escrow against
any claims against Seller, LSB or any of their respective Affiliates, including Purchaser Indemnification Claims or (ii) the Indemnification Escrow Fund against any claims against Seller, LSB or any of their respective Affiliates, including
Purchaser claims pursuant to Section 6.16 or Section 6.19. 
 (h) Sources of Recovery for Section 10.2(a)
Claims; Required Recourse to Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties agree that recovery for Purchaser Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 10.2(a) shall be
subject to the following requirements: 
 (i) Until the Final Release Date and while funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account, the
Purchaser Indemnitees may seek recovery from the Indemnification Escrow Account for Purchaser Indemnification Claims arising under Section 10.2(a). After the Final Release Date, subject to Section 10.3(e), or at the point
when no funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account, neither the Seller, LSB nor any of their respective Affiliates shall have any liability for any Damages arising pursuant to Section 10.2(a) except with respect to any breach
relating to a representation or warranty contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes) or a Fundamental Representation. 

  
 76 

 (ii) With respect to any breach relating to any representation or warranty contained in
Fundamental Representations, at the point (i) when no funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account and (ii) no recovery is allowed under the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy, the Purchaser Indemnitees may seek recovery from the
Seller subject to the applicable limitations contained in this Article X; provided, however, that after the point when no funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account and prior to seeking recovery under the Purchaser
R&W Policy with respect to any such breaches, the Purchaser Indemnitees may (and shall) seek recovery directly from the Seller in an amount up to, but not exceeding, $2,730,000 (which together with the Indemnification Escrow Amount is reflective
of the required retention amount under the Purchaser R&W Policy). 
 (iii) With respect to any breach relating to any representation or
warranty contained in Section 4.10 (Taxes), at the point when (i) no funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account, and (ii) no recovery is allowed under the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy, the Purchaser Indemnitees
may seek recovery from the Seller subject to the applicable limitations contained in this Article X; provided, however, that after the point when no funds remain in the Indemnification Escrow Account and prior to seeking
recovery under the Purchaser R&W Policy with respect to any such breaches, the Purchaser Indemnitees may (and shall) seek recovery directly from the Seller in an amount up to, but not exceeding, $2,730,000 (which together with the
Indemnification Escrow Amount is reflective of the required retention amount under the Purchaser R&W Policy). 
 (i) Indemnification
Exclusive Remedy. 
 (i) From and after the Closing, except (i) as otherwise provided in Section 2.3, (ii) in the
event of Fraud, or (iii) claims by Purchaser Indemnitees for recovery under the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy, the indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Article X and Section 6.8 shall be the exclusive
remedy of the parties in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including for any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty, covenant, agreement or undertaking contained herein or in any
certificate executed and delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, none of the limitations set forth in this Article X shall apply to any
action for specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedy. For illustration purposes only, attached as Annex E are certain recovery scenarios, subject to the restrictions and limitations in this Agreement. 

(ii) Except as provided in Section 10.3(i)(i), no party hereto shall have any liability, and no party hereto shall make any claim
for any loss, whether legal or equitable, and the parties hereto hereby waive any right of contribution against each other, arising out of this Agreement relating to Environmental Laws (including the federal Superfund or Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act and analogous state laws Superfund laws), whether based on contract, tort or strict liability. 

(j) For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of claims against the Seller, the amount of each claim by a Purchaser Indemnitee shall be
deemed to be an amount equal to, and any payments by the Seller pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be limited to, the amount of Damages that remain after deducting therefrom any insurance proceeds and any indemnity, contributions or other
similar payment, in each case, that are actually collected by a Purchaser Indemnitee from any third party with respect thereto. 

  
 77 

 (k) The Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitees from and against
any Damages arising out of the breach of any of the representations or warranties made herein unless, within the Survival Period, Purchaser Indemnitee delivers to the Seller a Notice of Claim pursuant to Section 10.5 or
Section 10.6 relating to the breach which gives rise to such Damages. 
 (l) In the event of any matter giving rise to an
indemnity obligation of the Seller pursuant to Section 10.2, the Purchaser will take, or cause the applicable CCG Entities to take, reasonable commercial measures to mitigate the consequences of the matter as required by applicable law.

 (m) From and after the Closing, the Seller shall not have (and hereby releases) any right of contribution, indemnification or other
recourse against the Company or any other CCG Entity with respect to any pre-Closing breach by the Company or the Seller of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or agreements. 

(n) The Seller shall not have any liability pursuant to Section 10.2 in respect of any amount of Damages to the extent reflected on
the final Closing Statement as a deduction in determining the Transaction Price hereunder or to the extent reflected as a reserve in the Working Capital as finally determined pursuant to this Agreement. 

(o) In any claim for indemnification hereunder, the Seller shall not be required to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitee for special, incidental,
exemplary or indirect damages, or for any punitive damages unless, in each case actually paid to a third party. 
 (p) The obligation to
indemnify the Purchaser’s officers, directors, employees and other Purchaser Indemnitees in accordance with this Article X shall be enforceable exclusively by the Purchaser and nothing herein shall grant such officers, directors,
employees or other Purchaser Indemnitees any individual rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities with respect to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties may amend or modify the terms hereof in any respect without the consent of
such officers, directors, employees and other Purchaser Indemnitees. 
 (q) The Purchaser shall treat any payments that the Seller makes or
receives pursuant to this Article X as an adjustment to or refund of (as applicable) the Transaction Price for federal Tax purposes, unless a final determination (which shall include the execution of a Form 870-AD or successor form) with
respect to the Purchaser and the Seller causes such payment not to be treated as an adjustment to or refund of the Transaction Price for federal Tax purposes. 

(r) The rights and remedies of any party in respect of any inaccuracy or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall in
no way be limited by the fact that the act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts or circumstances upon which any claim of any such inaccuracy or breach is based may also be the subject matter of any other representation, warranty, covenant
or agreement as to which there is no inaccuracy or breach. 

  
 78 

 
The representations, warranties and covenants of the Seller and the Company and the Purchaser Indemnitees’ rights to indemnification with respect thereto shall not be affected or deemed
waived by reason of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchaser (including by any of its Affiliates, and its and their advisors, consultants or representatives) or by reason of the fact that the Purchaser, any of its Affiliates, or its
and their advisors, consultants or representatives knew or should have known that any such representation or warranty is, was or might be inaccurate or by reason of the Purchaser’s waiver of any condition set forth in Article VII.

 (s) The Seller shall have no obligation to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnitees from and against any Damages arising out of any
environmental sampling, testing or investigation of the soil, groundwater, surface water, sediments, air, or any other environmental media (“Environmental Tests”) by the Purchaser or its Affiliates, or authorized representatives or
agents of the Purchaser or its Affiliates, after the Closing on any of the Company’s properties unless the Environmental Tests are conducted (i) to comply with the specific and reasonably determined requirements of applicable Environmental
Laws or environmental Permits, (ii) in response to a request, claim, demand or investigation by a Governmental Entity, which request, claim, demand or investigation has not been invited or deliberately initiated by the Purchaser or any of
Purchaser’s Affiliates, or (iii) to respond to any environmental conditions that pose or could reasonably be expected to pose, in the reasonable judgment of Purchaser or its Affiliates, a material risk of harm to the health, safety and
welfare of the public, the Purchaser’s and its Affiliate’s employees, or the environment. 
 Section 10.4 Purchaser’s
Indemnification Obligations. 
 (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article X, from and after the Closing, the Purchaser
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller Indemnitees from, against and in respect of, and pay or reimburse the Seller Indemnitees for, any and all Damages (whenever arising or incurred) arising out of or relating to: 

(i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser in this Agreement or any certificate delivered hereunder (including the
certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.3(b)); and 
 (ii) any breach of any covenant, agreement or undertaking made by the
Purchaser or, after the Closing, the Company in this Agreement or any certificate delivered hereunder (including the certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.3(b)). 

For the purposes of determining under this Section 10.4 the amount of any Damages arising from such inaccuracy or breach, such
representation and warranty shall be considered without regard to any qualification by or reference to the words “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect,” “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects” or
any similar words or qualifications contained therein (other than any qualification or reference contained in the definition of any defined term used herein). 

  
 79 

 (b) The Purchaser’s indemnification obligations pursuant to the provisions of
Section 10.4(a)(i) are subject to the following limitations: 
 (i) Seller Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover under
Section 10.4(a)(i) (except with respect to any breach relating to the representations and warranties contained in the Fundamental Representations) any Damages until the total amount which Seller Indemnitees would recover under
Section 10.4(a)(i) (except for the representations and warranties contained in the Fundamental Representations) exceeds the Deductible, at which point the Purchaser shall be liable only for the amounts in excess of the Deductible;
provided that the Purchaser shall not be liable to indemnify Seller Indemnitees for any individual claim or claims relating to the same set of facts and circumstances pursuant to Section 10.4(a)(i) until Seller Indemnitees have
suffered aggregate Damages arising out of such claim or claims relating to the same set of facts and circumstances equaling or exceeding $36,000, in which case the Purchaser shall be liable for all Damages arising out of such claim or claims subject
to the limitations of this Section 10.4; and provided further that all claims for which the Purchaser is not required to indemnify Seller Indemnitees because the associated Damages do not equal or exceed $36,000 shall also
not count towards the Deductible; 
 (ii) Seller Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover under Section 10.4(a)(i) (except
with respect to any breach relating to the representations and warranties contained in the Fundamental Representations) any Damages to the extent the aggregate claims under Section 10.4(a)(i) (except for the representations and
warranties contained in the Fundamental Representations) of Seller Indemnitees exceed the Purchaser Liability Cap. 
 (iii) The aggregate
liability of the Purchaser for Damages of Seller Indemnitees under Section 10.4(a) shall not exceed the amount of the final Transaction Price. 

(iv) For purposes of computing the aggregate amount of claims against the Purchaser, the amount of each claim by a Seller Indemnitee shall be
deemed to be an amount equal to, and any payments by the Purchaser pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be limited to, the amount of Damages that remain after deducting therefrom any insurance proceeds and any indemnity, contributions or
other similar payment, in each case, that has actually been collected by a Seller Indemnitee from any third party with respect thereto. 

(v) The Purchaser shall have no obligation to indemnify any Seller Indemnitees from and against any Damages arising out of the breach of any
of the representations or warranties made herein unless, within the Survival Period, Seller Indemnitee delivers to the Purchaser a Notice of Claim pursuant to Section 10.5 or Section 10.6 relating to the breach which gives
rise to such Damages. 
 (vi) In the event of any matter giving rise to an indemnity obligation of the Purchaser pursuant to this
Section 10.4, the Purchaser will take reasonable commercial measures to mitigate the consequences of the matter as required by applicable law. 

(vii) In any claim for indemnification hereunder, the Purchaser shall not be required to indemnify any Seller Indemnitee for special,
incidental or exemplary damages, or for any punitive damages unless, in each case actually paid to a third party. 

  
 80 

 (viii) The obligation to indemnify the Seller’s officers, directors, employees and other
Seller Indemnitees in accordance with this Article X shall be enforceable exclusively by the Seller and nothing herein shall grant such officers, directors, employees or other Seller Indemnitees any individual rights, remedies,
obligations or liabilities with respect to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties may amend or modify the terms hereof in any respect without the consent of such officers, directors, employees and other Seller Indemnitees. 

(ix) The Seller shall treat any payments that the Purchaser makes or receives pursuant to this Article X as an adjustment to or
refund of (as applicable) the Transaction Price for federal Tax purposes, unless a final determination (which shall include the execution of a Form 870-AD or successor form) with respect to the Purchaser and
the Seller causes such payment not to be treated as an adjustment to or refund of the Transaction Price for federal Tax purposes. 

Section 10.5 Non-Third Party Claims Procedures. In the event an Indemnified Party claims a right to payment pursuant hereto, such
Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the appropriate Indemnifying Party (a “Notice of Claim”). Such Notice of Claim shall specify the legal and factual basis for such claim. The failure by any Indemnified
Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have to such Indemnified Party with respect to any claim made pursuant to Section 10.2 or Section 10.4, as
applicable, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure, it being understood that any Notice of Claim for claims in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty must be delivered prior to the expiration
of the applicable Survival Period for such representation or warranty. 
 Section 10.6 Third Party Claims Procedures. 

(a) Following the receipt of notice of a Third Party Claim, the party receiving the notice of the Third Party Claim shall promptly
(i) notify the other party of its existence setting forth with reasonable specificity the facts and circumstances of which such party has received notice and (ii) if the party giving such notice is an Indemnified Party, specifying the
legal and factual basis hereunder upon which the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification is asserted; provided that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from liability hereunder with
respect to such claim only if, and only to the extent that, such failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party results in (x) the forfeiture by the Indemnifying Party of rights and defenses otherwise available to the Indemnifying Party with
respect to such claim or (y) actual material prejudice to the Indemnifying Party with respect to such claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice delivered to the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days
following its receipt of notice of a Third Party Claim, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, and shall be
solely responsible for the payment of the fees and disbursements of such counsel. The Indemnified Party may take any actions reasonably necessary to defend such Third Party Claim after it notifies the Indemnifying Party of such Third Party Claim
prior to the time that it receives notice from the Indemnifying Party of its election in accordance with the preceding sentence to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim. In the event, however, that the Indemnifying Party declines or fails or
is not entitled hereunder to assume the defense of the Third Party Claim 

  
 81 

 
as provided herein or to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, in either case within such thirty (30) day period, then the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to
assume and control such defense and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Damages in respect of such Third Party Claim shall include the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Indemnified Party as incurred. If the Indemnified
Party in good faith determines that the Third Party Claim involves an issue or matter which could reasonably have a material adverse effect on the Business or the assets of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at all
times to take over and control the defense, settlement, negotiation or litigation relating to any such Third Party Claim at the sole cost of the Indemnifying Party, provided that if the Indemnified Party does so take over and control, the
Indemnified Party shall not settle such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 

(b) In any Third Party Claim for which indemnification is being sought hereunder, the Indemnified Party or the Indemnifying Party, whichever is
not assuming the defense of such action, shall have the right to participate in such matter and to retain its own counsel at such party’s own expense; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall pay the fees and expenses of such separate
counsel if (i) the employment of separate counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Indemnifying Party in connection with the defense of such claim, (ii) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be
defenses available to the Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or (iii) the Indemnified Party’s counsel shall have advised the Indemnified Party in writing, with a copy
delivered to the Indemnifying Party, that there is a conflict of interest that could make it inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct to have common counsel. 

(c) The Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party (as the case may be) shall at all times use reasonable efforts to keep the other Party
reasonably apprised of the status of the defense of any matter the defense of which it is maintaining and to cooperate in good faith with each other with respect to the defense of any such matter. 

(d) No Indemnified Party may settle or compromise any claim or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to which indemnification is
being sought hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). No Indemnifying Party may settle or compromise any claim or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to which indemnification is being sought hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), unless such settlement, compromise or consent
(x) includes, as a condition of such settlement, compromise or consent, a complete and unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from any and all liability arising out of such claim, (y) does not contain any finding, admission or
statement suggesting any wrongdoing, violation of Law, or liability on behalf of the Indemnified Party and (z) does not contain any equitable order, judgment or term that in any manner affects, restrains or interferes with the business of the
Indemnified Party or otherwise encumbers any of the assets of the Indemnified Party. 

  
 82 

 Section 10.7 Recoveries from Third Persons; Duplicative Recoveries. 

(a) In any case where an Indemnified Party recovers from third Persons any amount in respect of a matter with respect to which an Indemnifying
Party has indemnified it pursuant hereto, such Indemnified Party shall promptly pay over to the Indemnifying Party the amount so recovered (after deducting therefrom the full amount of the expenses incurred by it in procuring such recovery), but not
in excess of the sum of (i) any amount previously so paid by the Indemnifying Party to or on behalf of the Indemnified Party in respect of such matter and (ii) any amount expended by the Indemnifying Party in pursuing or defending any
claim arising out of such matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser Indemnitees shall not be required to pay over to the Seller any amounts recovered pursuant to the Purchaser R&W Insurance Policy, unless such amounts are duplicative
of amounts paid by the Seller with respect to any Purchaser Indemnification Claim. 
 (b) No Indemnified Party may recover Damages from an
Indemnifying Party under this Article X to the extent such recovery would result in duplicative recovery for the same Damages. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.1 Fees and Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with
this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses. 

Section 11.2 Extension; Waiver. The Purchaser (on behalf of itself and after the Closing, the Company) and the Seller (on behalf
itself and, prior to the Closing, the Company) may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of such other applicable party, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made by any
other applicable party herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered pursuant hereto by any other applicable party or (c) waive compliance by such other applicable party with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein.
Any agreement on the part of any party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. The waiver by any party of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall
not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach, or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement. No failure or delay by any party hereto in exercising any right, power or
privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. 

Section 11.3 Notices. 

(a) All notices, consents, demands or other communications (collectively, the “Notices”) made pursuant to this Agreement shall
be in writing, in the English language and signed and correctly dated by the party sending same. All Notices shall be delivered personally (by courier or otherwise) or by facsimile (with written confirmation of successful transmission) or sent by
registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery and postage and other fees prepaid), including by Federal Express, to the receiving party at the address given below: 

 

  
 83 

	
	If to the Seller or to the Company (prior to Closing), to:
	
	 LSB Industries, Inc.

16 South Pennsylvania Avenue

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73107

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (405) 236-1209 (with such fax to be confirmed by telephone to (405) 510-3576)

	
	 With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

	
	 Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2001 Ross Avenue
 Suite
3700
 Dallas, Texas 75201-2975

Attention: Robert L. Kimball and Christopher R. Rowley

Fax: (214) 999-7860

	
	If to the Purchaser or to the Company (after the Closing), to:
	
	 NIBE Energy Systems Inc.

900 Conservation Way
 Fort
Wayne, IN 46809
 Attention: Kjell Olof Ekermo, President

	
	 With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

	
	 Advokatfirman Delphi

Stora Nygatan 64
 SE-211
37 Malmö, Sweden
 Attention: Per-Ivar Svensson

Fax: +46 40 660 79 09

	
	 With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

	
	 Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg LLP

Two North LaSalle Street, Suite 1700

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: John J. Koenigsknecht and Philippe Y. Blanchard

Fax: (312) 750-6441

 (b) Any Notice delivered (i) personally or by registered or certified mail or by overnight delivery shall
be deemed to have been given on the date it is so delivered, or upon attempted delivery if acceptance of delivery is refused, and (ii) by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to have been given on the first Business Day it is received (or on
the first Business Day after it is received, if received on a day other than a Business Day, or if received outside normal business hours of a Business Day). 

  
 84 

 (c) A party may change the address to which Notices hereunder are to be sent to it by giving
Notice of such change of address in the manner provided in Section 11.3(a) above. 
 Section 11.4 Entire Agreement.
This Agreement (including the schedules and exhibits hereto), together with the Confidentiality Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings, oral and written, with respect thereto, other than the Confidentiality Agreement. 
 Section 11.5
Binding Effect; Benefit; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and with respect to the provisions of Section 6.6, the
Persons benefiting from the provisions thereof all of whom are made intended to be third-party beneficiaries thereof. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto
without the prior written consent of each of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the parties hereto modify any rights under this Agreement that inure to the benefit of Persons that are not parties hereto, such
Persons shall be subject to such modifications. 
 Section 11.6 Amendment and Modification. Subject to applicable Law, this
Agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented by the parties hereto in any and all respects but only in a written instrument executed by all parties. 

Section 11.7 Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement are inserted for
convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. 

Section 11.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of the signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including by PDF) shall be equally as
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. 
 Section 11.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall
be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles, to the extent such principles would require or permit the application
of laws of another jurisdiction. 
 Section 11.10 Disclosure Letters. 

(a) Disclosure of any fact or item in any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be deemed to have been disclosed with respect to every
other Section to which such disclosure is relevant to the extent that the relevance of such item to such other Section is reasonably apparent on the face of such item. The inclusion of any specific item in any Section of the Company Disclosure
Letter is not intended to imply that the items so included or other 

  
 85 

 
items, are or are not material, and no party shall use the fact of the inclusion of any such item in any dispute or controversy as to whether any obligation, item or matter not described herein
or included in the Company Disclosure Letter is or is not material for purposes hereof. 
 (b) The specification of any dollar amount in the
representations and warranties or otherwise in this Agreement or in the Company Disclosure Letter is not intended and shall not be deemed to be an admission or acknowledgment of the materiality of such amounts or items, nor shall the same be used in
any dispute or controversy between the parties to determine whether any obligation, item or matter (whether or not described herein or included in any schedule) is or is not material for purposes of this Agreement (other than with respect to any
representation, warranty or provision of this Agreement in which such specification occurs). 
 Section 11.11 Consent to
Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 (a) The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the State of Delaware and the courts of the United States for the District of Delaware, and the appellate courts thereof, solely in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions
contemplated herein, and hereby irrevocably waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense in any action for the interpretation or enforcement hereof or of any such document, that it is not subject thereto, that it or its property is exempt or immune
from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), that such
action may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts, that such action is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement or any such document may not be enforced in or by such
courts, and the parties hereto irrevocably agree that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such a Delaware state or federal court. The parties hereby consent to and grant any such court jurisdiction
over the person of such parties and over the subject matter of such dispute and agree that delivery of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 11.3 hereof or in such
other manner as may be permitted by law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. 
 (b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND
AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) BETWEEN THE PARTIES DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT. Each Party certifies and
acknowledges that (i) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, (ii) such party
understands and has considered the implication of this waiver, (iii) such party makes this waiver voluntarily and (iv) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications
in this Section. 

  
 86 

 Section 11.12 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained
in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable term, provision, covenant
or restriction or any portion thereof had never been contained herein. 
 Section 11.13 Specific Performance. 

(a) The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement, without any bond or other security being required, such requirement
being hereby waived, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy, this being in addition to any other remedy
to which they are entitled at law or in equity. 
 (b) The parties hereto acknowledge that the agreements contained in this
Section 11.3 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that, without these agreements, the parties hereto would not enter into this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 11.3 shall in any way
expand or be deemed or construed to expand the circumstances in which the Purchaser or any other Purchaser Related Party may be liable under this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby. 

(c) To the extent any party hereto brings any Proceeding to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement
(other than a Proceeding to specifically enforce any provision that expressly survives termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) when such remedy is expressly available to such party pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, the Termination Date shall automatically be extended by (i) the amount of time during which such Proceeding is pending, plus twenty (20) Business Days, or (ii) such other time period established by the court presiding over
such Proceeding. 
 Section 11.14 Conflicts and Privilege. The parties agree that, in the event a dispute arises after the
Closing between the Purchaser or the Company, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. may represent the Seller in such dispute even though the interests of the Seller may be directly adverse to the
Company, and even though Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. may have represented the Company in a matter substantially related to such dispute, or may be handling ongoing matters for the Company. The parties further agree that, as to all communications
between Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., the Company and the Seller, that relate in any way to this Agreement, the attorney-client privilege and the expectation of client confidence belongs to the Seller may be controlled by the Seller, and shall
not pass to or be claimed or controlled by the Company; provided that the Seller shall not waive such attorney-client privilege other than to the extent appropriate in connection with the enforcement or defense of its rights or obligations
existing under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a dispute arises between the Purchaser or the Company and a Person other than the Seller after the Closing, the Company may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent
disclosure of confidential communications by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. to such Person. 
  

  
 87 

 Section 11.15 Seller Guarantee. All of the Seller’s obligations hereunder are
hereby guaranteed by LSB. LSB hereby acknowledges and agrees that it shall cause the Seller to comply with all of the Seller’s obligations under this Agreement (“Seller Guaranteed Obligations”), and in the event the Seller
fails to comply with any such obligations, it shall intervene to perform, or cause to be performed, such obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This is an unconditional guarantee of payment and not of collectability. LSB agrees
that, for so long as the Seller is an affiliate of LSB, the Purchaser and the Seller may at any time and from time to time, without notice to LSB or LSB’s further consent, extend the term of this Agreement and make any agreement with the Seller
or any Person liable with respect to any of the Seller Guaranteed Obligations hereunder for the extension, renewal, payment, compromise, discharge or release thereof, in whole or in part, or for any modification of the terms thereof or of any
agreement between the Purchaser and the Seller or any such other Person without in any way impairing or affecting any of its Seller Guaranteed Obligations hereunder. LSB agrees that its obligations hereunder shall not be released or discharged, in
whole or in part, or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any of the Purchaser Related Parties to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Seller or any other Person liable with respect to any of the Seller
Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of any Seller Guaranteed Obligations or any rescission, waiver, compromise, consolidation or other amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the
Agreement or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with any of the Seller Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Seller or any other Person liable
with respect to any of the Seller Guaranteed Obligations; (d) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Seller or any other Person liable with respect to any of the Seller Guaranteed Obligations;
(e) the existence of any right of set-off which LSB may have at any time against the Purchaser Related Parties, whether in connection with any Seller Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise; or (f) the adequacy of any other means the Purchaser
may have of obtaining payment of any Seller Guaranteed Obligations. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, LSB hereby expressly waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any Law which would otherwise require any election of
remedies by any of the Purchaser Related Parties. LSB waives promptness, diligence, notice of the acceptance of this guarantee and of any Seller Guaranteed Obligation, presentment, demand for payment, notice of non-performance, default, dishonor and
protest, notice of the incurrence of any Seller Guaranteed Obligations and all other notices of any kind, all defenses which may be available by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, any right
to require the marshalling of assets of the Purchaser or any other Person liable with respect to the Seller Guaranteed Obligations and all suretyship defenses generally. LSB acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits
from the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and that the waivers set forth in this guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

  
 88 

 Section 11.16 Purchaser Guarantee. All of the Purchaser’s obligations hereunder
are hereby guaranteed by NIBE. NIBE hereby acknowledges and agrees that it shall cause the Purchaser to comply with all of the Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement (“Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations”), and in the event
the Purchaser fails to comply with any such obligations, it shall intervene to perform, or cause to be performed, such obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. This is an unconditional guarantee of payment and not of
collectability. NIBE agrees that, for so long as the Purchaser is an affiliate of NIBE, the Purchaser and the Seller may at any time and from time to time, without notice to NIBE or NIBE’s further consent, extend the term of this Agreement and
make any agreement with the Seller or any Person liable with respect to any of the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations hereunder for the extension, renewal, payment, compromise, discharge or release thereof, in whole or in part, or for any modification
of the terms thereof or of any agreement between the Purchaser and the Seller or any such other Person without in any way impairing or affecting any of its Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations hereunder. NIBE agrees that its obligations hereunder shall
not be released or discharged, in whole or in part, or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any of the Seller Related Parties to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Seller or any other Person liable with
respect to any of the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any change in the time, place or manner of payment of any Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations or any rescission, waiver, compromise, consolidation or other amendment or modification of
any of the terms or provisions of the Agreement or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with any of the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership
of the Purchaser or any other Person liable with respect to any of the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations; (d) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Purchaser or any other Person liable with respect
to any of the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the existence of any right of set-off which NIBE may have at any time against the Seller Related Parties, whether in connection with any Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise; or
(f) the adequacy of any other means the Seller may have of obtaining payment of any Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, NIBE hereby expressly waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any
Law which would otherwise require any election of remedies by any of the Seller Related Parties. NIBE waives promptness, diligence, notice of the acceptance of this guarantee and of any Purchaser Guaranteed Obligation, presentment, demand for
payment, notice of non-performance, default, dishonor and protest, notice of the incurrence of any Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations and all other notices of any kind, all defenses which may be available by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium
law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, any right to require the marshalling of assets of the Seller or any other Person liable with respect to the Purchaser Guaranteed Obligations and all suretyship defenses generally. NIBE
acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and that the waivers set forth in this guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 

  
 89 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its
respective officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	Consolidated Industries L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Daniel D. Greenwell
		 	  

	Name:	 	Daniel D. Greenwell
	Title:	 	President

 Signature Page to 

Stock Purchase Agreement 

 
			
	The Climate Control Group, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Daniel D. Greenwell

	Name:	 	Daniel D. Greenwell
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President

 Signature Page to 

Stock Purchase Agreement 

 
			
	NIBE Energy Systems Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Kjell Olof Ekermo

	Name:	 	Kjell Olof Ekermo
	Title:	 	President

 Signature Page to 

Stock Purchase Agreement 

 
			
	Solely for purposes of Sections 6.8, 6.19 and 11.15
	
	LSB Industries, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Daniel D. Greenwell

	Name:	 	Daniel D. Greenwell
	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

 Signature Page to 

Stock Purchase Agreement 

  

			
	Solely for purposes of Section 11.16
	
	NIBE Industrier AB (publ)
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Gerteric Lindquist

	Name:	 	Gerteric Lindquist
	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer

 Signature Page to 

Stock Purchase AgreementEX-4.2

 Exhibit 4.2 

[EXECUTION VERSION] 
  

 
  

The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company 

5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 
  

 
 FIFTH 

SUPPLEMENTAL 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of May 13, 2016 
 TO
THE INDENTURE 
 Dated as of August 13, 2010 
  

 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A., 
 as Trustee 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	 TIA

Section
	 	 	  	 Supplemental
Indenture

Section

			
	310(a)(1)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	 		  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	 		  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	 		  	7.10
	      (b)	 		  	7.08; 7.10
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	311(a)	 		  	7.11
	      (b)	 		  	7.11
	      (c)	 		  	N.A.
	312(a)	 		  	2.05
	      (b)	 		  	11.03
	      (c)	 		  	11.03
	313(a)	 		  	7.06
	      (b)(1)	 		  	N.A.
	      (b)(2)	 		  	7.06
	      (c)	 		  	11.02
	      (d)	 		  	7.06
	314(a)	 		  	4.02; 4.13; 11.02
	      (b)	 		  	N.A.
	      (c)(1)	 		  	11.04
	      (c)(2)	 		  	11.04
	      (c)(3)	 		  	N.A.
	      (d)	 		  	N.A.
	      (e)	 		  	11.05
	      (f)	 		  	4.14
	315(a)	 		  	7.01
	      (b)	 		  	7.05; 11.02
	      (c)	 		  	7.01
	      (d)	 		  	7.01
	      (e)	 		  	6.11
	316(a)(last sentence)	 		  	11.06
	      (a)(1)(A)	 		  	6.05
	      (a)(1)(B)	 		  	6.04
	      (a)(2)	 		  	N.A.
	      (b)	 		  	6.07
	317(a)(1)	 		  	6.08
	      (a)(2)	 		  	6.09
	      (b)	 		  	2.04
	318(a)	 		  	11.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 
  

 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not,
for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	  
	
	 Application of Supplemental Indenture and Creation of Notes;

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
	   

  

			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	 Application of this Supplemental Indenture
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	 Effect of Supplemental Indenture
	  	 	2	  
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	3	  
	 SECTION 1.04.
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 1.05.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 1.06.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	37	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	
	The Notes	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	 Lists of Holders of Notes
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	 CUSIP Numbers and ISINs
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	43	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	
	Redemption	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	45	  

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE 4	  
	
	Covenants	  
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	 SEC Reports
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	 Change of Control
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	 Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	 Fall Away of Certain Covenants
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	
	Successor Company	  
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	 When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets
	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	
	Defaults and Remedies	  
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	 Priorities
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	72	  

  
 ii 

							
	ARTICLE 7	 
	
	Trustee	  
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	 	78	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	
	Discharge of Supplemental Indenture; Defeasance	  
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	 Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	 Repayment to Company
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	 Indemnity for Government Obligations
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	81	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	
	Amendments	  
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 9.06.
	  	 Trustee To Sign Amendments
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 9.07.
	  	 Payment for Consent
	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 10	  
	
	Subsidiary Guarantees	  
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	 Guarantees
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	 Limitation on Liability
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	 No Waiver
	  	 	87	  

  
 iii 

							
	 SECTION 10.05.
	  	 Modification
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 10.06.
	  	 Release of Subsidiary Guarantor
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 10.07.
	  	 Contribution
	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	
	Miscellaneous	  
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 11.02.
	  	 Notices
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 11.03.
	  	 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 11.04.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 11.05.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.06.
	  	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.07.
	  	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.08.
	  	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 11.09.
	  	 Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.10.
	  	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.11.
	  	 Successors
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.12.
	  	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.13.
	  	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.14.
	  	 Ratification of Base Indenture
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 11.15.
	  	 Consent to Jurisdiction
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 11.16.
	  	 U.S.A. Patriot Act
	  	 	92	  

  

					
	Appendix A	  		  	Provisions Relating to Notes
			
	Exhibit 1	  	–	  	Form of Note
			
	Exhibit 2	  	–	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture

  
 iv 

 FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of May 13, 2016 to the Indenture
dated as of August 13, 2010, among The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, an Ohio corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as Trustee. 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have executed and delivered to the Trustee the Base Indenture providing for the issuance
from time to time of one or more series of the Securities; 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides for the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture without notice to or the consent of any Holders to establish the forms or terms of Securities of any series issued thereunder as permitted by
Section 2.01 and Section 2.02 of the Base Indenture; 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Base Indenture, the Company
wishes to provide for the issuance of the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026, the forms and terms of such Notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in this Supplemental Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, and all requirements necessary to make
this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, when the Notes are executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the
valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects; 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

Application of Supplemental Indenture and Creation of Notes; 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 

SECTION 1.01. Application of this Supplemental Indenture. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, including as provided in Section 1.02, and any amendments or modifications to the terms of the Base Indenture made herein, are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders (and not for the
benefit of any other series of Securities). The Notes constitute a series of Securities as provided in Section 2.01 of the Base Indenture. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental

 
Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Base Indenture or any other document. All the Notes
issued under this Supplemental Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. 

SECTION 1.02. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. With respect to the Notes only, the Base Indenture shall be supplemented pursuant to
Section 9.01 thereof to establish the terms of the Notes as set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, including as follows: 
 (a)
Definitions. The definitions and other provisions of general application set forth in Article 1 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Sections 1.03, 1.04, 1.05 and 1.06 of this Supplemental
Indenture; 
 (b) The Notes. The provisions of Article 2 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the
provisions of Article 2 of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (c) Redemption. The provisions of Article 3 of the Base Indenture are
deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 3 of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (d) Covenants. The
provisions of Article 4 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 4 of this Supplemental Indenture; 

(e) Successors. The provisions of Article 5 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of
Article 5 of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (f) Defaults and Remedies. The provisions of Article 6 of the Base Indenture are deleted
and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 6 of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (g) Trustee. The provisions of
Article 7 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 7 of this Supplemental Indenture; 

(h) Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance. The provisions of Article 8 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by
the provisions of Article 8 of this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (i) Amendments. The provisions of Article 9 of the Base Indenture are
deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 9 of this Supplemental Indenture; 

  
 2 

 (j) Subsidiary Guarantors. The provisions of Article 10 of the Base Indenture are deleted
and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 10 of this Supplemental Indenture; and 
 (k) Miscellaneous. The
provisions of Article 11 of the Base Indenture are deleted and replaced in their entirety by the provisions of Article 11 of this Supplemental Indenture. 

To the extent that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (including those referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above) conflict with
any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling solely with respect to the Notes. 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes: 

SECTION 1.03. Definitions. For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Assets” means: 
  

	 	(1)	any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(2)	the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or 

 

	 	(3)	Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; 

provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (2) or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Permitted
Business. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture after the Closing Date and in compliance with
Sections 2.13, 4.03 and 4.09, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Note issued on the Closing Date shall not be an Additional Note. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of Section 4.06 and Section 4.07 only,
“Affiliate” shall also mean any beneficial owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of 

  
 3 

 
rights or warrants to purchase such Voting Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence
hereof. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC that apply to such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of sales, leases, transfers or dispositions that
are part of a common plan) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of:

  

	 	(1)	any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary),

  

	 	(2)	all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or 

  

	 	(3)	any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, 

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, 

 

	 	(A)	a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(B)	for purposes of Section 4.06 only, a disposition subject to Section 4.04; 

  

	 	(C)	a disposition of assets with a Fair Market Value of less than $20,000,000; 

  

	 	(D)	a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) to a Receivables Entity;

  

	 	(E)	a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; 

  
 4 

	 	(F)	a disposition of all or substantially all the Company’s assets (as determined on a Consolidated basis) in accordance with Section 5.01; and 

 

	 	(G)	any Specified Asset Sale. 

 “Attributable Debt” means, with respect to any
Sale/Leaseback Transaction that does not result in a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the present value (computed in accordance with GAAP) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in
such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon payment of a penalty, the Attributable Debt shall be the lesser of: 

 

	 	(1)	the Attributable Debt determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the Attributable Debt shall also include the amount of the penalty, but no rent shall be considered
as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated), and 

  

	 	(2)	the Attributable Debt determined assuming no such termination. 

 “Average Life”
means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
  

	 	(1)	the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to
such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by 

  

	 	(2)	the sum of all such payments. 

 “Bank Indebtedness” means all obligations under the
U.S. Bank Indebtedness and European Bank Indebtedness. 
 “Base Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of August 13, 2010,
as amended or supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 “Board of
Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors of the Company. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

  
 5 

 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified
and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP (or a finance lease upon adoption by the Company of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)), and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Change of Control” means the
occurrence of any of the following events: 
  

	 	(1)	any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire,
whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; 

 

	 	(2)	during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors of
the Company or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company then in office; 

  

	 	(3)	the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or 

  

	 	(4)	the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (as determined on a
Consolidated basis) to another Person, and, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving
Person or transferee that represent immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person or transferee. 

  
 6 

 “Closing Date” means May 13, 2016. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Company” means The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, an Ohio corporation, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter,
means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities. 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of: 

 

	 	(1)	the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC to

  

	 	(2)	Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; 

 provided, however,
that: 
  

	 	(A)	if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been
Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

  

	 	(B)	 if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any
Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has
been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis
as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned the interest income actually earned during such 

  
 7 

	 	
period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(C)	if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly
attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 

  

	 	(D)	if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or
an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit, division or line of a business,
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

  

	 	(E)	 if since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged
with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (C) or
(D) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, 

  
 8 

	 	
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on
the first day of such period. 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, Asset
Disposition or other Investment, the amount of income, EBITDA or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be
determined in good faith by a responsible Financial Officer of the Company and shall comply with the requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X, as it may be amended or replaced from time to time, promulgated by the SEC. 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if
the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term as at the date
of determination in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness is Incurred or repaid under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily
balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation. 
 “Consolidated Interest
Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent Incurred by the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in such period but not included in
such interest expense, without duplication: 
  

	 	(1)	interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction that does not result in a Capitalized Lease Obligation;

  

	 	(2)	amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs; 

  

	 	(3)	capitalized interest; 

  

	 	(4)	non-cash interest expense; 

  

	 	(5)	commissions, discounts and other fees and charges attributable to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; 

  

	 	(6)	interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and such Indebtedness is in default under
its terms or any payment is actually made in respect of such Guarantee; 

  
 9 

	 	(7)	net payments made pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest expense (including amortization of fees); 

  

	 	(8)	dividends paid in cash or Disqualified Stock in respect of (A) all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) all Disqualified Stock of the Company, in each case held by Persons other than the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(9)	interest Incurred in connection with investments in discontinued operations; and 

  

	 	(10)	the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection
with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust; 

 and less, to the extent included in such total interest expense, the amortization during
such period of capitalized financing costs; provided, however, that, for any financing consummated after the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of amortization relating to any such capitalized financing costs in respect of any such
financing that is deducted in calculating Consolidated Interest Expense shall not exceed 5% of the aggregate amount of such financing. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period;
provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
  

	 	(1)	any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 

  

	 	(A)	subject to the limitations contained in clause (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount
of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the
limitations contained in clause (3) below) and 

  

	 	(B)	the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(2)	any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition; 

  
 10 

	 	(3)	any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to
the Company (but, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, only to the extent cash equal to such net income (or a portion thereof) for such period is not readily procurable by the Company from such Foreign Subsidiary (with the amount of cash readily
procurable from such Foreign Subsidiary being determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company) pursuant to intercompany loans, repurchases of Capital Stock or otherwise), except that: 

 

	 	(A)	subject to the limitations contained in clause (4) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the
aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to
another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and 

  

	 	(B)	the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall not be excluded in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 

  

	 	(4)	any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or its Consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed
of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person; 

  

	 	(5)	any extraordinary gain or loss; and 

  

	 	(6)	the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles. 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of
Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04(a)(3)(iv). 

“Consolidated Net Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate principal amount
of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding any Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations (and Guarantees thereof)), minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Temporary Cash
Investments held at such time by the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 11 

 “Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(1) Consolidated Net Indebtedness to (2) EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC, with such
pro forma adjustments to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”. 

“Consolidation” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the consolidation of (1) in the case of the Company, the accounts
of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company and (2) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the accounts of each Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary with those of such Restricted
Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided, however, that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning. 

“Credit Agreements” means the U.S. Credit Agreements and the European Credit Agreement. 

“Currency Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreements or other similar
agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary. 
 “Default” means any event which is,
or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means non-cash
consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated by the Company as Designated Non-cash Consideration, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection
with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, which cash and cash equivalents shall be considered Net Available Cash received as of such date and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.06. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into
which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event: 
  

	 	(1)	matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; 

  

	 	(2)	is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable); or 

  

	 	(3)	is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part; 

  
 12 

 in the case of each of clauses (1), (2) and (3), on or prior to 180 days after the Stated Maturity of
the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring on or prior to the date that is 180 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change
of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable in any material respect to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Section 4.06 and Section 4.08; provided further, however,
that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it
may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, retirement, death or disability. 

The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of
such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture; provided, however, that
if such Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock as reflected in the most recent
financial statements of such Person. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 “EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus, without duplication, the following to the
extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 
  

	 	(1)	income tax expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(2)	Consolidated Interest Expense; 

  

	 	(3)	depreciation expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(4)	amortization expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); and 

 

	 	(5)	 all other non-cash charges of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such
non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future 

  
 13 

	 	
period) less all non-cash items of income of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in each case for such period (other than normal accruals in the ordinary course of business).

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and
non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating
Consolidated Net Income and only if (A) a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be paid as a dividend to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant
to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders or (B) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, a
corresponding amount of cash is readily procurable by the Company from such Foreign Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company) pursuant to intercompany loans, repurchases of Capital Stock or otherwise,
provided that to the extent cash of such Foreign Subsidiary provided the basis for including the net income of such Foreign Subsidiary in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (3) of the definition of “Consolidated Net
Income”, such cash shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining readily procurable cash under this clause (B). 

“Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company. 

“Euro Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euros, at any time of determination thereof,
the amount of euros obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into euros at the spot rate for the purchase of euros with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the
“Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination. 

“European Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the European Credit Agreement and any
Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto or with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness, as amended from time to time, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect
thereof. 
 “European Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2015,
among the Company, Goodyear Dunlop Tires Europe B.V., Goodyear Dunlop Tires Germany GmbH, Goodyear Dunlop Tires Operations S.A., the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, as Administrative Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Collateral Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether 

  
 14 

 
with the original lenders or otherwise), refinanced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time (except to the extent that any such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver,
replacement, refinancing, restructuring or other modification thereto would be prohibited by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, unless otherwise agreed to by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the
time outstanding). 
 “European Union” means the European Union, including the countries of Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France,
Finland, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom, but not including any country which becomes a member of the European Union after the Closing Date. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free
market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as such price is, unless specified otherwise in this Supplemental Indenture,
determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company or by the Board of Directors. 
 “Farm Tires Sale” means any sale
or sales of all or a portion of the farm tires business or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Financial Officer”
means the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, or any Senior Vice President or higher ranking executive to whom any of the foregoing report. 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc., and any successor thereto. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, other than Goodyear Canada. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date set forth in: 
  

	 	(1)	the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, 

  

	 	(2)	statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, 

  

	 	(3)	such other statements by such other entities as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and 

  

	 	(4)	the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act,
including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. 

  
 15 

 All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Supplemental Indenture shall be computed in
conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, and for the avoidance of doubt, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein
shall be made, without giving effect to the adoption by the Company of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to the extent such adoption would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital
lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on December 31, 2015.  

“Goodyear Canada” means Goodyear Canada Inc., an Ontario corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any
other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
  

	 	(1)	to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase
assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or 

  

	 	(2)	entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation. 

“Guaranteed Obligations” means the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, and all other obligations, monetary or otherwise, of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes (including expenses and indemnification). 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement
or raw materials hedge agreement. 

  
 16 

 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s
books. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any
Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term
“Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, without duplication: 

 

	 	(1)	the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

  

	 	(2)	the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; 

 

	 	(3)	all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bank guarantee, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of
credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1), (2) and (5)) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the
extent such letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the
letter of credit, bank guarantee, bankers’ acceptance or similar credit transaction); 

  

	 	(4)	all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in
service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services; 

  

	 	(5)	all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of such Person; 

  

	 	(6)	the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding,
in each case, any accrued and unpaid dividends); 

  

	 	(7)	 all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness
is assumed by such Person; 

  
 17 

 
provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of: 
  

	 	(A)	the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and 

  

	 	(B)	the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; 

  

	 	(8)	Hedging Obligations of such Person; and 

  

	 	(9)	all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (8) of other Persons for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
including by means of any Guarantee. 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of any business, the term “Indebtedness” shall exclude post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on
the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount
is paid within 30 days thereafter. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above; provided, however, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time. 

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, dated as of August 13, 2010, as amended or supplemented from time to time, together with
this Supplemental Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement,
interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is party or of which it is a
beneficiary. 

  
 18 

 “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other
extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any
purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 

 

	 	(1)	“Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such
Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

  

	 	(A)	the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less 

  

	 	(B)	the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 

 

	 	(2)	any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. 

In the event that the Company sells Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary such that after giving effect to such sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no
longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such sale shall be deemed to constitute an Investment made on the date of such sale of Capital Stock. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent)
by Standard & Poor’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Legal
Holiday” means a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Trustee or banking institutions are not required by law or regulation to be open in the State of New York. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge in the nature of an encumbrance of any kind
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto. 

  
 19 

 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including
any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, in each case only as and when
received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any
other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
  

	 	(1)	all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued
as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 

  

	 	(2)	all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets,
or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 

 

	 	(3)	all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 

 

	 	(4)	appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition (but only for so long as such reserve is maintained). 

“Net Cash Proceeds”, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of
attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of
taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 
 “Notes” means the 5.000% Senior Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to this Supplemental
Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means with respect to any Indebtedness, all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such Indebtedness. 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer,
the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. “Officer” of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor, or other counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date and any Related Business. 

  
 20 

 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
in: 
  

	 	(1)	the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(2)	another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

  

	 	(3)	Temporary Cash Investments; 

  

	 	(4)	receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided,
however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 

 

	 	(5)	payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

  

	 	(6)	loans and advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(7)	stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of disputes with customers or suppliers or debts (including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon insolvency of a debtor) created in
the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; 

  

	 	(8)	any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.06; 

 

	 	(9)	a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the
arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables
or an equity interest; 

  

	 	(10)	any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the
ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 21 

	 	(11)	any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging Obligations otherwise permitted under Section 4.03; 

  

	 	(12)	any Person to the extent such Investment in such Person existed on the Closing Date and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds such an Investment, provided that the new Investment is in an amount
that does not exceed that amount replaced, refinanced or refunded and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded; 

  

	 	(13)	advances to, and Guarantees for the benefit of, customers, dealers, lessees, lessors or suppliers made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; and 

 

	 	(14)	any Person to the extent such Investment, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding on the date such Investment is made, does not exceed the greater of
(A) the sum of (i) $500,000,000 and (ii) any amounts under Section 4.04(a)(3)(iv)(x) that were excluded by operation of the proviso in Section 4.04(a)(3)(iv) and which excluded amounts are not otherwise included in Consolidated
Net Income or intended to be permitted under any of clauses (1) through (13) of this definition and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated assets of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the
Company have been filed with the SEC. 

 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

 

	 	(1)	Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(1); 

  

	 	(2)	Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 4.03(b)(11) and 4.03(b)(12); 

  

	 	(3)	pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the
payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a
party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(4)	Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of
judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 

  
 22 

	 	(5)	Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

 

	 	(6)	Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar credit transactions issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such
Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions do not constitute Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(7)	survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness for borrowed money and which do not in the
aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

  

	 	(8)	Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person (including Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(b)(6));
provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property (other than property related to the property being financed) owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred, and the Indebtedness
(other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject
to the Lien; 

  

	 	(9)	Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens referred to in the foregoing clause (1)); 

  

	 	(10)	Liens on property or shares of stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens do not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, except
pursuant to after-acquired property clauses existing in the applicable agreements at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary which do not extend to property transferred to such Person by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 23 

	 	(11)	Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person;
provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens do not extend to any other property owned by
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(12)	Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; 

 

	 	(13)	Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be Incurred under this Supplemental Indenture; 

 

	 	(14)	Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(b)(10); 

  

	 	(15)	Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided,
however, that: 

  

	 	(A)	such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions in respect thereof), and 

 

	 	(B)	the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described under clauses (8), (9), (10) or (11) hereof at the time the original Lien became a
Permitted Lien under this Supplemental Indenture; and 

  

	 	(ii)	an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such Refinancings; 

  

	 	(16)	Liens on accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

  

	 	(17)	judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 

  
 24 

	 	(18)	Liens arising from uniform commercial code financing statement filings regarding leases that do not otherwise constitute Indebtedness and that are entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(19)	leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

 

	 	(20)	Liens which constitute bankers’ Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with any bank or other financial institution, whether arising by operation of
law or pursuant to contract; 

  

	 	(21)	Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person
to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

  

	 	(22)	Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and related documentation (and proceeds thereof) securing reimbursement obligations in respect of trade letters of credit issued to ensure payment of the purchase
price for such items of inventory or other goods; and 

  

	 	(23)	other Liens to secure Indebtedness as long as the amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (23) does not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated assets of the Company, as determined
based on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC; provided, however, notwithstanding whether this clause (23) would
otherwise be available to secure Indebtedness, Liens securing Indebtedness originally secured pursuant to this clause (23) may secure Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness and such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed to
have been secured pursuant to this clause (23). 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated)
that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 

  
 25 

 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable
on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Prospectus” means the Prospectus, dated
November 2, 2015, as supplemented by the Prospectus Supplement, dated May 10, 2016, with respect to the Notes, as supplemented or amended and including all documents incorporated by reference therein. 

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(1)	consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, plant or equipment, conditional purchase obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement and other obligations Incurred in connection with the
acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset, in each case where the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the greater of (A) the cost of the asset being financed and (B) the Fair Market Value of such asset; and

  

	 	(2)	Incurred to finance such acquisition, construction or improvement by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of such asset; 

provided, however, that such Indebtedness is Incurred within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or
improvement. 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be
irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note 
  

	 	(1)	shall be repaid from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than 

  

	 	(A)	amounts required to be established as reserves; 

  

	 	(B)	amounts paid to investors in respect of interest; 

  

	 	(C)	principal and other amounts owing to such investors; and 

  

	 	(D)	amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables, and 

  

	 	(2)	may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (1). 

  
 26 

 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions
that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to: 
  

	 	(1)	a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or 

  

	 	(2)	any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), 

 or may grant a security interest in,
any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all
Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with
asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided, however, that the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by a Financial
Officer of the Company). 
 The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Bank
Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 “Rating Agency” means Moody’s, Standard &
Poor’s and Fitch or, if any one or more of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be,
selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for any one or more of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Entity” means a (a) Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company which is designated by the Board of Directors (as
provided below) as a Receivables Entity or (b) another Person engaging in a Qualified Receivables Transaction with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which Person engages in the business of the financing of accounts receivable, and in
either of clause (a) or (b): 
  

	 	(1)	no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which 

  

	 	(A)	is Guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

  

	 	(B)	is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or 

 

	 	(C)	subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings; 

  
 27 

	 	(2)	which is not an Affiliate of the Company or with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company
reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and 

 

	 	(3)	to which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by furnishing to the Trustee a certified copy of the
resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Reference Date” means May 11, 2009. 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or
to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, including, in any such case from time to time, after the discharge of the Indebtedness being Refinanced. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have
correlative meanings. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to Refinance (including pursuant to any
defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(1)	the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, 

  

	 	(2)	the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced, 

 

	 	(3)	such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount of the
Indebtedness being refinanced (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding (or that would be outstanding if the entire committed amount of any credit facility being Refinanced were fully drawn (other
than any such amount that would have been prohibited from being drawn pursuant to Section 4.03)) (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs), and 

 

	 	(4)	if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being
Refinanced; 

  
 28 

 provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include: 

 

	 	(A)	Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company, or 

  

	 	(B)	Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

“Related Business” means any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date. 
 “Restricted Payment” in respect of any Person means: 

 

	 	(1)	the declaration or payment of any dividend, any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock or any similar payment (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary) to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock in their capacity as such, except (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or, in the case of a
Restricted Subsidiary, Preferred Stock) and (B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary has Capital Stock held by Persons other than the Company or other Restricted
Subsidiaries, to such other Persons on no more than a pro rata basis), 

  

	 	(2)	the purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition (“Purchase”) for value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person (other than Capital Stock held by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) or any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than Capital Stock held by a Restricted Subsidiary) (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock),

  

	 	(3)	the Purchase for value, prior to scheduled maturity, any scheduled repayment or any scheduled sinking fund payment, of any Subordinated Obligations (other than the Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations acquired
in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such Purchase), or 

 

	 	(4)	any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person. 

  
 29 

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property, plant or equipment now owned or hereafter
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than (i) leases between the
Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any such transaction entered into with respect to any property, plant or equipment or any improvements thereto at the time of, or within 180 days after, the
acquisition or completion of construction of such property, plant or equipment or such improvements (or, if later, the commencement of commercial operation of any such property, plant or equipment), as the case may be, to finance the cost of such
property, plant or equipment or such improvements, as the case may be. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien. “Secured Indebtedness” of a Subsidiary has
a correlative meaning. 
 “Securities” means the securities issued under the Base Indenture. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“Senior Indebtedness” of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, means the principal of, premium (if any) and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, regardless of whether or not a claim for
post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), and fees and other amounts owing in respect of, Bank Indebtedness, the Notes (in the case of the Company), the Subsidiary Guarantees (in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors) and all other
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is
provided that such obligations are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor shall not include: 
  

	 	(1)	any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company or any obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable; 

 

	 	(2)	any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable; 

  
 30 

	 	(3)	any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities); 

 

	 	(4)	any Indebtedness or obligation (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof) of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any
other Indebtedness or obligation of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, including any Subordinated Obligations of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable; 

 

	 	(5)	any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock; or 

  

	 	(6)	any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Supplemental Indenture. 

 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Specified Asset Sale” means (i) a Farm Tires Sale or (ii) the sale of all or a portion of the Company’s properties
in Akron, Summit County, Ohio. 
 “Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a
division of McGraw Hill Financial, Inc., and any successor thereto. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means
representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which, taken as a whole, are customary in an accounts receivable transaction. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final
payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of
any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated Obligation” means any
Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes. “Subordinated Obligation” of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative
meaning. 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than
50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the
time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by: 
  

	 	(1)	such Person, 

  

	 	(2)	such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or 

  

	 	(3)	one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 

  
 31 

 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means each Guarantee of the Obligations with respect to the
Notes issued by a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means
any Subsidiary that has issued a Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 “Supplemental Indenture” means this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated
as of May 13, 2016, as amended or supplemented from time to time, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. 

“Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America or a member state of the European Union (or by any agency thereof to the
extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or a member state of the European Union), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 

 

	 	(2)	investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof, and having, at such date of acquisition, not less than two of the following ratings: P2 or higher from Moody’s, A2 or
higher from Standard & Poor’s and F2 or higher from Fitch; 

  

	 	(3)	investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof and issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit
accounts issued or offered by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or a member state of the European Union which has (i) not less than two of the following short-term deposit ratings:
P1 from Moody’s, A1 from Standard & Poor’s and F1 from Fitch, and (ii) a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; 

 

	 	(4)	fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (1) above and entered into with a financial institution described in clause (3) above;

  

	 	(5)	money market funds that: 

  

	 	(A)	comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 

  
 32 

	 	(B)	have not less than two of the following ratings: Aaa from Moody’s, AAA from Standard & Poor’s and AAA from Fitch, and 

 

	 	(C)	have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000; 

  

	 	(6)	investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (2) through (5) of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign
rating agencies (and with respect to clause (5), are not required to comply with the Rule 2a-7 criteria); 

  

	 	(7)	investments of the type and maturity described in clause (3) in any obligor organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States that: 

 

	 	(A)	is a branch or subsidiary of a lender or the ultimate parent company of a lender under any of the Credit Agreements (but only if such lender meets the ratings and capital, surplus and undivided profits requirements of
such clause (3)) or 

  

	 	(B)	carries a rating at least equivalent to the rating of the sovereign nation in which it is located; and 

  

	 	(8)	in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, 

  

	 	(A)	marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the sovereign nation in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized and is conducting business or issued by any agency of such sovereign nation and
backed by the full faith and credit of such sovereign nation, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition, so long as the indebtedness of such sovereign nation has not less than two of the following ratings: A2 or higher from
Moody’s, A or higher from Standard & Poor’s and A or higher from Fitch or carries an equivalent rating from a comparable foreign rating agency, and 

 

	 	(B)	other investments of the type and maturity described in clause (3) in obligors organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States in any country in which such Foreign Subsidiary is located;
provided that the investments permitted under this subclause (B) shall be made in amounts and jurisdictions consistent with the Company’s policies governing short-term investments. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the Closing
Date. 
 “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to
trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services. 

  
 33 

 “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or
assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters having direct responsibility for administering this Supplemental Indenture, and any other officer of the Trustee to whom a matter arising under this
Supplemental Indenture may be referred. 
 “Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “2012 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 13,
2010 (the “2010 Indenture”), among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 28, 2012, among the Company, the
subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 
 “2015 Euro Indenture” means the Indenture dated as
of December 15, 2015 among Goodyear Dunlop Tires Europe B.V., the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as principal paying agent and transfer agent, and
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as registrar and Luxembourg paying agent and transfer agent. 
 “2015 Indenture” means the 2010
Indenture as supplemented by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 5, 2015, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
  

	 	(1)	any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and 

 

	 	(2)	any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

 The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the
Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property
of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either: 
  

	 	(A)	the Subsidiary to be so designated has total Consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or 

  

	 	(B)	if such Subsidiary has Consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. 

  
 34 

 The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
  

	 	(x)	(1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater after giving effect to
such designation than before such designation and 

  

	 	(y)	no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

 Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly furnishing to the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Bank Indebtedness” means any and all
amounts payable under or in respect of the U.S. Credit Agreements and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto or with respect to such Refinancing Indebtedness, as amended from time to time, including principal, premium (if any), interest
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement
obligations and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 
 “U.S. Credit Agreements” means (i) the Amended
and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2016, among the Company, the lenders party thereto, the issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and (ii) the
Amended and Restated Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2012 and as amended as of June 16, 2015, among the Company, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Agent, and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, each as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), refinanced, restructured or otherwise modified from time to time
(except to the extent that any such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver, replacement, refinancing, restructuring or other modification thereto would be prohibited by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, unless otherwise agreed to by the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding). 
 “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means
with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate
for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable 

  
 35 

 
foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such
determination. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in
such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the
issuer’s option. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership
interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’
qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. 
 SECTION 1.04. Other Definitions. 

 

					
	 Term
	 	 	 	 Defined in

Section

			
	“Affiliate Transaction”	 		 	4.07(a)
	“Applicable Premium”	 		 	Exhibit 1
	“Bankruptcy Law”	 		 	6.01
	“Change of Control Offer”	 		 	4.08(b)
	“covenant defeasance option”	 		 	8.01(b)
	“Custodian”	 		 	6.01
	“Definitive Notes”	 		 	Appendix A
	“Event of Default”	 		 	6.01
	“Global Notes”	 		 	Appendix A
	“Initial Lien”	 		 	4.09
	“legal defeasance option”	 		 	8.01(b)
	“Offer”	 		 	4.06(c)
	“Offer Amount”	 		 	4.06(d)(3)
	“Offer Period”	 		 	4.06(d)(3)
	“Paying Agent”	 		 	2.03
	“Purchase Date”	 		 	4.06(d)(2)
	“Registrar”	 		 	2.03
	“Reversion Date”	 		 	4.12(b)
	“Securities Custodian”	 		 	Appendix A
	“Successor Company”	 		 	5.01(a)(1)
	“Successor Guarantor”	 		 	5.01(c)(1)
	“Suspended Covenants”	 		 	4.12(a)
	“Suspension Date”	 		 	4.12(a)
	“Suspension Period”	 		 	4.12(b)

  
 36 

 SECTION 1.05. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Supplemental
Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Supplemental Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC; 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Supplemental Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture
securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another
statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.06. Rules of Construction. Unless
the context otherwise requires: 
  

	 	(1)	a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

  

	 	(2)	an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  

	 	(3)	“or” is not exclusive; 

  

	 	(4)	“including” means including without limitation; 

  

	 	(5)	words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

  

	 	(6)	unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 

  
 37 

	 	(7)	secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral; 

 

	 	(8)	the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance
with GAAP; 

  

	 	(9)	the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such
Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and 

  

	 	(10)	all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Closing Date. 

ARTICLE 2 
 The Notes 

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A attached hereto (the
“Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to this Supplemental
Indenture, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or
usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Appendix A and Exhibit 1 are part of the
terms of this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture. 
 The Trustee
shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as set forth in Appendix A. 

  
 38 

 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to
authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and
exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided, however, that so long as Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. shall be the Trustee, without the consent of the Trustee, there shall be no
more than one Registrar or Paying Agent. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. 
 The Company shall enter
into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Supplemental Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Supplemental
Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate
compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized within the United States of America may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent. 

The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the
portion thereof not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or any Notes for a period of 15 days before an interest payment date. The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of such Note
for all purposes. 
 (b) The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and
Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Company has entered into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided by DTC, and the Trustee and each such agent are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and
Applicable Procedures. 
 (c) The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and
to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar
or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. 

  
 39 

 (d) Except as the Company and the Trustee may otherwise agree, the Company shall promptly file
with the Trustee by each January 15th a written notice specifying the amount of the original issue discount accrued on the Notes for the previous calendar year for which original issue discount reporting is required, including daily rates and
accrual periods, and such other information relating to original issue discount as may be required under the Code and applicable regulations, as amended from time to time. 

(e) The Company shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, including but not
limited to determination of interest, redemption price, Applicable Premium, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Company will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its
calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s
calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Company’s calculations to any Holder of the Notes upon the written request of such Holder. 

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Company
shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of Holders entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The
Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest
on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.
The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the
money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.05. Lists of Holders of Notes. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If neither the Trustee nor an Affiliate of the Trustee is the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business
Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only in compliance
with Appendix A and upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the 

  
 40 

 
Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture and
Section 8-401(1) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the
exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. 
 (b) To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this
Section. The Company shall not be required to make and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed
in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or any Notes for a period of 15 days before an interest payment date. 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent
and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to paragraph 2 of the Notes) interest, if any, on such Note and
for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial
interest in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a
beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture shall evidence the same Indebtedness and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note
has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other
reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 

  
 41 

 Every replacement Note is an additional Obligation of the Company. The provisions of this
Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by
it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory
to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in
accordance with this Supplemental Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may
be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION
2.09. Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations
that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary
Notes at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. 
 SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Company at any time
may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company upon request. The Trustee shall retain all canceled securities in accordance with its standard procedures
(subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of
cancelled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company
defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest 

  
 42 

 
on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company
shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or send or cause to be mailed or sent to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the
payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers and ISINs. The Company in issuing
the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and ISINs in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may
state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice (including a notice of redemption) and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such notice or notice of redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. 

SECTION 2.13. Issuance of Additional Notes. After the Closing Date, the Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance, at the
time of and after giving effect to such issuance, with Section 4.03 and Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Supplemental Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms as the Notes issued on the Closing Date, other than
with respect to the date of issuance and issue price; provided that any such Additional Notes will be treated, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, as fungible with the Notes. All the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture (including
any Additional Notes) shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, including in respect of any amendment, waiver, other modification or optional redemption by the Company. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of which shall be delivered to the
Trustee (along with a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors authorizing the Additional Notes), the following information: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental
Indenture and the provision of Section 4.03 that the Company is relying on to issue such Additional Notes; and 
 (2)
the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number and ISIN of such Additional Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

Redemption 
 SECTION 3.01.
Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 6 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the redemption price (or manner of calculation if not then known), the

  
 43 

 
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the redemption will occur. If the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given,
the actual redemption price calculated as described in the terms of the Notes will be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date. 

The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least 45 days before the redemption date unless the
Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be cancelled by the Company at any time prior to
notice of such redemption being mailed (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, sent electronically) to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect unless the
Trustee has sent the notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.03 below. 
 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If
fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee, subject to the procedures of DTC, shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and
that the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal amount
of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company,
or the Trustee (at the request of the Company, pursuant to the terms set forth below), shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address (or with respect to Global
Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, send such notice electronically). 
 The notice
shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  
 44 

 (5) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
identification and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in
making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; and 

(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN, if any, listed in such notice
or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at
its expense; provided, however, that the Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 3.01 requests that the Trustee give such notice and attaches a form of such notice setting
forth the information to be stated therein as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Once notice of redemption is mailed to Holders (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, sent electronically), Notes called for redemption shall become due and payable on the
redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date). Failure to give notice or any
defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of
Redemption Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to
pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancellation. Interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on and after the date the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the
Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture. 

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 45 

 ARTICLE 4 

Covenants 
 SECTION 4.01.
Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Supplemental Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date
due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may
not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Holders and prospective Holders (upon request) within 15 days after it files them with
the SEC, copies of its annual report and the information, documents and other reports that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders, promptly upon their
becoming available, copies of the annual report to shareholders and any other information provided by the Company to its public shareholders generally. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA.
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee hereunder is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and documents does not constitute constructive notice of any information
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder or under the Notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’
Certificates or certificates delivered pursuant to Section 4.13). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company has filed the reports and information referred to in this Section 4.02 with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any
successor thereto) and such reports and information are publicly available, then the Company will be deemed to have provided and furnished such reports and information to the Trustee and the Holders in satisfaction of the requirements to
“provide” and “furnish” such applicable reports or information as set forth in this Section 4.02. The Trustee shall not be obligated to (i) monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s
compliance with its covenants hereunder or with respect to any reports or other documents filed by the Company with the SEC, the EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto) or any website, or (ii) participate in any conference calls. 

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur,
directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto and the application of the proceeds
therefrom the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1.0. 

  
 46 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
may Incur the following Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(1)	(x) U.S. Bank Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (A) $3,500,000,000, less the aggregate amount of all prepayments of principal applied to permanently reduce any such
Indebtedness in satisfaction of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations under Section 4.06 and (B) the sum of (i) 60% of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus
(ii) 80% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any accounts receivable pledged, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction), in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been filed with the SEC and (y) European Bank Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed €550,000,000; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) shall be reduced by any amount of Indebtedness Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to the
election provision of clause (10)(A)(ii) below; 

  

	 	(2)	Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
any subsequent event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof; 

  

	 	(3)	Indebtedness (A) represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Subsidiary Guarantees, (B) outstanding on the Closing Date (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and
(2) above), and (C) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (3) (including Indebtedness that is Refinancing Indebtedness) or the foregoing paragraph (a);

  

	 	(4)	 (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of, in connection with, as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to
consummate, the 

  
 47 

	 	
transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided, however, that
on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, (i) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (4) or (ii) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such Incurrence and acquisition would be greater than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction and
(B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4); 

 

	 	(5)	Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, letters of credit, surety or appeal bonds or similar credit transactions entered into by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, and (B) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge risks with respect to the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s interest rate, currency or raw
materials pricing exposure and not entered into for speculative purposes; 

  

	 	(6)	Purchase Money Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (6) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (A) $800,000,000 and (B) 5.0% of Consolidated assets of the Company as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which
financial statements have been filed with the SEC; 

  

	 	(7)	Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 

  

	 	(8)	Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided,
however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of a Financial Officer’s becoming aware of its Incurrence; 

  

	 	(9)	any Guarantee (other than the Subsidiary Guarantees) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (4) above); 

  
 48 

 
					
	(10)	 	 (A)	 	Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10)(A) and then outstanding, will not exceed (i) $2,000,000,000 plus
(ii) any amount then permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (1) above that the Company instead elects to Incur pursuant to this clause (10)(A); and

  

	 	(B)	Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction in an amount not to exceed €450,000,000 at any one time outstanding; 

 

	 	(11)	Indebtedness constituting unsecured Indebtedness or Secured Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $1,300,000,000 and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; and 

 

	 	(12)	Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) and then
outstanding, will not exceed $150,000,000. 

 (c) For purposes of determining the outstanding principal amount of any
particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03: 
  

	 	(1)	Outstanding Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any of the Credit Agreements prior to or on the Closing Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) above;

  

	 	(2)	Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.03 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more
other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and 

  

	 	(3)	 in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this
Section 4.03, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) as of the time of Incurrence and will only be required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses
(provided that any Indebtedness originally classified as Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03(b)(2) through (b)(12) may later be reclassified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or any other of Sections 4.03(b)(2) through
(b)(12) to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be Incurred 

  
 49 

	 	
pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or one of Sections 4.03(b)(2) through (b)(12), as the case may be, if it were Incurred at the time of such reclassification). 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar or euro denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the
Indebtedness Incurred is denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as the case may be, determined on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness;
provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest
payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars or euros will be as provided in such Currency Agreement. The principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness
being Refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as appropriate, of the Indebtedness Refinanced determined on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar
Equivalent or Euro Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Agreement, in which case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (2) the principal amount of the Refinancing
Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as appropriate, of such excess will be determined on the date such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make any Restricted Payment, if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes any Restricted Payment: 
  

	 	(1)	a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); 

  

	 	(2)	the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); or 

  

	 	(3)	the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company, whose determination
will be conclusive) declared or made subsequent to the Reference Date would exceed the sum, without duplication, of: 

  

	 	(i)	 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the
beginning of the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter during which the Reference Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial 

  
 50 

	 	
statements have been filed with the SEC prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income will be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); 

 

	 	(ii)	100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Reference Date (other than an issuance or sale to a
Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees) and 100% of any cash capital contribution
received by the Company from its shareholders subsequent to the Reference Date; 

  

	 	(iii)	the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s Consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company)
subsequent to the Reference Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Reference Date which is convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount
of any cash or the Fair Market Value of other property distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); and 

  

	 	(iv)	an amount equal to the sum of (x) the net reduction in the Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases, repayments or
redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions), in each case realized by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, and (y) to the extent such Person is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the
time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding
Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 51 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 

(1) any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange for,
Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the
benefit of their employees to the extent such sale to such an employee stock ownership plan or trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the
date of determination) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its shareholders; provided, however, that: 
  

	 	(A)	such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3), and 

 

	 	(B)	the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale applied in the manner set forth in Section 4.04(b)(1) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section 4.04(a)(3)(ii); 

(2) any prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor made
by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, other Subordinated Obligations or Indebtedness Incurred under Section 4.03(a); provided, however, that such prepayment, repayment or Purchase for
value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 
 (3) dividends paid within 60 days
after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividends would have complied with this covenant; provided, however, that such dividends shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments; 
 (4) any Purchase for value of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from employees, former
employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including employment agreements)
or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount
of such Purchases for value will not exceed $10,000,000 in any calendar year; provided further, however, that any of the $10,000,000 permitted to be applied for Purchases under this Section 4.04(b)(4) in a calendar year (and not
so applied) may be carried forward for use in the following two calendar years; provided further, however, that such Purchases for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

  
 52 

 (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, payments of dividends
on Disqualified Stock issued after the Reference Date pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that such dividends shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the vesting or exercise of stock options, restricted stock or similar
equity awards, if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such stock options, restricted stock or similar equity awards or the withholding tax related thereto; provided, however, that such Restricted Payments
shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 
 (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing, any prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.06; provided, however, that such
prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 
 (8)
so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, any prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor from Net Available Cash (assuming for purposes of the definition of Net
Available Cash as used in this Section 4.04(b)(8) that the Specified Asset Sale was an Asset Disposition) from the Specified Asset Sale set forth in clause (i) of the definition thereof within 180 days after the receipt of such proceeds;
provided, however, that such prepayment, repayment or Purchase for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(9) payments to holders of Capital Stock (or to the holders of Indebtedness that is convertible into or exchangeable for
Capital Stock upon such conversion or exchange) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; 

(10) any Restricted Payment in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments made after the Reference Date
pursuant to this Section 4.04(b)(10), does not exceed $800,000,000; provided, however, that (A) at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom) and
(B) such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; or 
 (11) any
Restricted Payment so long as at the time of such Restricted Payment and immediately after giving effect thereto, the Company’s Consolidated 

  
 53 

 
Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 3.75 to 1.00; provided, however, that (A) at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
result therefrom) and (B) such Restricted Payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. 

SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the
Company; 
 (2) make any loans or advances to the Company; or 

(3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, 

except: 
  

	 	(A)	any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order or an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date; 

 

	 	(B)	any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary
was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant
to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date; 

  

	 	(C)	any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in Section 4.05(3)(A) or Section 4.05(3)(B) or this
Section 4.05(3)(C) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in Section 4.05(3)(A) or Section 4.05(3)(B) or this Section 4.05(3)(C); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions
contained in any such Refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements; 

  
 54 

	 	(D)	in the case of Section 4.05(3), any encumbrance or restriction: 

  

	 	(i)	that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or
other contract; or 

  

	 	(ii)	contained in mortgages, pledges and other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such
security agreements; 

  

	 	(E)	with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, any restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary
pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

  

	 	(F)	any encumbrance or restriction existing under or by reason of Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Entity or any other party to a Qualified Receivables Transaction in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Entity or such other party, as applicable; 

 

	 	(G)	purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in
Section 4.05(3); 

  

	 	(H)	provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements; 

 

	 	(I)	restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers, suppliers or, in the ordinary course of business, other third parties; and 

 

	 	(J)	with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, any encumbrance or restriction contained in the terms of any Indebtedness, or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued, if: 

 

	 	(i)	the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in such Indebtedness or agreement, or 

 

	 	(ii)	 at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, such encumbrance or restriction is not expected to materially affect
the Company’s ability to make principal or interest 

  
 55 

	 	
payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive. 

SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives
consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares and assets
subject to such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Additional Assets; and 
 (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available
Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: 
  

	 	(A)	first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any applicable Indebtedness) (i) to prepay, repay, purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) to cause any loan commitment that is available to be drawn under the applicable credit facility and to
be Incurred under this Supplemental Indenture and that when drawn would constitute Secured Indebtedness, to be permanently reduced by the amount of Net Available Cash, in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company and other than obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock, within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; 

 

	 	(B)	second, to acquire Additional Assets (or otherwise to make capital expenditures), in each case within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

  

	 	(C)	third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with Section 4.06(a)(3)(A) and Section 4.06(a)(3)(B), to make an Offer (as defined in Section 4.06(c))
to purchase Notes pursuant to and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.06(c); provided, however, that if the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any other Senior Indebtedness), such Offer may be made ratably
to purchase the Notes and any Senior Indebtedness of the Company; and 

  

	 	(D)	fourth, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with Sections 4.06(a)(3)(A), 4.06(a)(3)(B) and 4.06(a)(3)(C), for any general corporate purpose permitted by
the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; 

  
 56 

 provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment, purchase,
repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3)(A) or Section 4.06(a)(3)(C), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall
cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid, purchased, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise acquired for value. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.06(a)(3), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to
apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.06 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions that is not applied in accordance with this Section 4.06 exceeds $25,000,000. Pending
application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 4.06, such Net Available Cash may be used or invested in any manner that is not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture. 

(b) For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash: 

(1) the assumption of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company (other than obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock
of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than obligations in respect of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from
all liability on such Indebtedness or obligations in connection with such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) any Designated Non-cash
Consideration having an aggregate Fair Market Value that, when taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, does not exceed at the time of the receipt of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) the greater of (1) $200,000,000 and (2) 1.5%
of the total Consolidated assets of the Company as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company filed with the SEC; 

  
 57 

 (3) securities, notes or similar obligations received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash; and 

(4) Temporary Cash Investments. 

(c) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3)(C), the Company shall be
required (i) to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription), set forth in Section 4.06(d) and
(ii) to purchase other Senior Indebtedness of the Company on the terms and to the extent contemplated thereby; provided that in no event shall the Company offer to purchase such Senior Indebtedness of the Company at a purchase price in
excess of 100% of its principal amount (without premium) or, unless otherwise provided for in such Senior Indebtedness, the accreted amount, if issued with original issue discount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon. If the aggregate purchase
price of Notes (and Senior Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness), the Company shall apply the remaining Net Available Cash in accordance
with Section 4.06(a)(3)(D). The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes (and Senior Indebtedness) pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in
Section 4.06(a)(3)(A) and Section 4.06(a)(3)(B)) is less than $25,000,000 for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amount will be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net
Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). 
 (d) (1) If the aggregate purchase price of Notes (and other Senior
Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to the Offer exceeds the Net Available Cash allotted to their purchase, the Company shall select the Notes (and other Senior Indebtedness) to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Company so that only Notes and other Senior Indebtedness in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). 

(2) Promptly, and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee and send, by first-class mail to each Holder (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, send electronically), a written notice stating that the Holder may
elect to have his Notes purchased by the Company either in whole or in part (subject to prorating as described in Section 4.06(d)(1) in the event the Offer is oversubscribed) in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount at the applicable
purchase price. The notice shall specify a purchase date not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice (the “Purchase Date”). 

  
 58 

 (3) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Offer is delivered to
the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (A) the amount of the Offer (the “Offer Amount”), including information as to any other Senior Indebtedness included in the
Offer for repurchase, (B) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Dispositions pursuant to which such Offer is being made and (C) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(a) and (c). By
11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Purchase Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the
Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. If the Offer includes other Senior Indebtedness, the deposit described in the preceding sentence may be made with any other paying agent pursuant to
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof which have been
properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee shall, on the Purchase Date if funds have been provided to the Trustee for such purpose, mail or deliver payment (or cause the delivery of payment) to each tendering Holder in
the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount applicable to the Notes, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company
immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section 4.06. 
 (4)
Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice (or, with respect to Global Notes, pursuant to Applicable Procedures)
at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. A Holder shall be entitled to withdraw its election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a letter (or, in the case of the Trustee,
a facsimile transmission) setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by such Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose
Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

(5) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver
an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.06. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 
 (e) The Company shall comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or 

  
 59 

 
regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.06. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
Section 4.06, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.06 by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an
“Affiliate Transaction”) unless such transaction is on terms: 
 (1) that are no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate, 

(2) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000, 

 

	 	(A)	are set forth in writing, and 

  

	 	(B)	have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors having no personal stake in such Affiliate Transaction and, 

(3) that, in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $75,000,000, have been determined by a
nationally recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm to be fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.04, 

(2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, incentive compensation plans, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, 

(3) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company pursuant to plans approved by the
Board of Directors, 
 (4) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business of the Company, 

  
 60 

 (5) the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to, or the provision of
employee benefit arrangements and indemnity for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, 

(6) any transaction between or among any of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any joint venture or similar entity which
would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Restricted Subsidiary, joint venture or similar entity, 

(7) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, 

(8) any agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and described in the Prospectus or in the Company’s SEC filings as
filed on or prior to the Closing Date, or any renewals, extensions or amendments of any such agreement (so long as such renewals, extensions or amendments are not less favorable in any material respect to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries)
and the transactions evidenced thereby, 
 (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of
goods or services in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture which are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of
Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or 

(10) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the
Company to purchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with Section 4.08(b). 
 (b) Within
30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, send electronically) a notice to each Holder with a copy to the
Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”), stating: 
 (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder
has the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 

  
 61 

 (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such
Change of Control; 
 (3) the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed or sent); and 
 (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this
Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) The Company shall not be required to make a Change
of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer
made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. In addition, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if the Notes have been
called for redemption to the extent that the Company mails or sends a valid notice of redemption to Holders prior to the Change of Control, and thereafter redeems all Notes called for redemption in accordance with the terms set forth in such
redemption notice. 
 (d) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange
Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof. 

(e) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto. 

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Closing Date or thereafter acquired
securing any Indebtedness, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

  
 62 

 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless: 
  

	 	(1)	(A) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to: 

  

	 	(i)	Incur Indebtedness with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.03; and 

  

	 	(ii)	create a Lien on such property securing such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.09; 

 

	 	(B)	the gross proceeds payable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of such property; and 

 

	 	(C)	the transfer of such property is permitted by, and, if applicable, the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.06; or 

 

	 	(2)	the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is with respect to all or a portion of the Company’s properties in Akron, Summit County, Ohio. 

SECTION 4.11. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the
Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and, if applicable, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form set forth in Exhibit 2 hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall Guarantee
payment of the Notes. Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be Guaranteed by that Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Subsidiary
Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

SECTION 4.12. Fall Away of Certain Covenants. (a) Following the first day (the “Suspension Date”) that: 

 

	 	(1)	the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies, and 

  

	 	(2)	 no Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder with respect to the Notes,

  
 63 

	 	the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11 and Section 5.01(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). In addition, the Company
may elect to suspend the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

 (b) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not
subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) both (1) one or more of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the
rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating resulting in the Notes no longer having an Investment Grade Rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies and (2) the terms of any other debt securities of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries then outstanding include previously suspended covenants (that are substantially the same as the Suspended Covenants described in this Supplemental Indenture) that have become applicable upon a substantially concurrent
reversion as a result of substantially the same ratings withdrawal or downgrade with respect to such debt securities (provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of such debt securities exceeds
$100,000,000), then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be reinstated (for the avoidance of doubt, it is
understood and agreed that the “Suspended Covenants” as defined in each of the 2012 Indenture, the 2015 Euro Indenture and the 2015 Indenture are substantially the same as the Suspended Covenants described in this Supplemental Indenture).
The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to herein as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure
to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period. During any Suspension Period, the Company shall not designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless the Company would have been permitted to designate such
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if a Suspension Period had not been in effect for any period. 
 (d) On the Reversion Date,
all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect
to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b), such Indebtedness shall be
deemed to have been outstanding on the Closing Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(3)(B). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04
shall be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect since the Closing Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted
Payments under Section 4.04(a) and the items specified in Section 4.04(a)(3) shall increase the amount available to be made under Section 4.04(a). For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.06(a) and Section 4.06(b), the Net
Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions not applied in accordance with Section 4.06 shall be deemed to be 

  
 64 

 
reset to zero after the Reversion Date. For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.06(c), the amount of Net Available Cash carried forward for purposes of determining whether an
Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition shall be deemed to be reset to zero after the Reversion Date. 

(e) In addition, without causing a Default or Event of Default, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may honor any contractual
commitments to take actions after a Reversion Date as long as such contractual commitments were entered into during a Suspension Period and not in anticipation of the Notes no longer having an Investment Grade Rating from at least two of the Rating
Agencies. 
 (f) The Company shall provide written notice signed by an Officer to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Suspension Date
or Reversion Date and of any election made pursuant to this Section 4.12; provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 4.12 or the Company’s rights hereunder. The Trustee shall have no
obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or to notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. 

SECTION 4.13. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Company a certificate signed by a Financial Officer complying with TIA § 314(a)(4) stating (i) that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made with a view to
determining whether the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have fulfilled their obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and (ii) that, to the knowledge of such Financial Officer, no Default or Event of Default occurred during such period
(or, if a Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default hereunder of which such Financial Officer may have knowledge and what action the Company has taken, is taking and/or proposes to
take with respect thereto). 
 SECTION 4.14. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Supplemental Indenture. 

ARTICLE 5 
 Successor
Company 
 SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. (a) The Company shall not, directly or
indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets, in one or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless: 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the 

  
 65 

 
United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered
to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture; 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00
of Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and 

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Supplemental Indenture. 
 (b) The
Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Supplemental Indenture, and the predecessor Company, other than in the case of a lease, shall be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 (c) The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly
or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets, in one or a series of related transactions, to any Person, unless: 

(1) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other
than to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital Stock or assets or (ii) that, as a result of the disposition of all or a portion of its Capital Stock, ceases to be a Subsidiary,
the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any other jurisdiction
under which such Subsidiary Guarantor was organized, and such Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 

  
 66 

 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Supplemental Indenture. 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing: 

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may Consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; and 
 (2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose
of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction within the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia to realize tax or other benefits. 

ARTICLE 6 
 Defaults and
Remedies 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if: 

(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
continues for 30 days; 
 (2) the Company defaults in the payment of principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 

(3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01; 

(4) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with Section 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11 or 4.12 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice from the Trustee or the Holders specified below; 

(5) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with its covenants or agreements with respect to such Notes
contained in this Supplemental Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice from the Trustee or the Holders specified below; 

  
 67 

 (6) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness (other
than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default if the total amount of such
Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent; 
 (7) the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 

(9) any final and nonappealable judgment or decree (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of
$100,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) is rendered against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary and such final judgment or decree remains outstanding and is not
satisfied, discharged or waived within a period of 60 days following such judgment; or 
 (10) any Subsidiary Guarantee
ceases to be in full force and effect in all material respects (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture or any
Subsidiary Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt of the notice specified below. 

  
 68 

 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether
such Event of Default is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under Section 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) (and under Section 6.01(10) only
with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is not a Significant Subsidiary) shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the
Company and the Trustee of the default and the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, does not cure such default within any applicable time specified in Section 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(9) or 6.01(10) hereof after receipt
of such notice. 
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the
relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any Event of Default under
Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(10) and any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(4), 6.01(5) or 6.01(9), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may
declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(7) or 6.01(8) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events
of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. Promptly following any such rescission, the Company shall pay all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder
and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

  
 69 

 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of
any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the
failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default
is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION
6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Supplemental Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being
understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), subject to Section 7.01, or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided,
however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Subject to Section 7.01, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Supplemental Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability
or expense, including by way of pre-funding, which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 SECTION
6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue
the remedy; 

  
 70 

 (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period. 
 A Holder may not use this Supplemental
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION
6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after
the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided
for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable
regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. 

  
 71 

 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant
to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts
due under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Company. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such
record date, the Company shall mail or send to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Supplemental Indenture or
in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by
the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 
 SECTION
6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law
wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Supplemental Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of
any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE 7 
 Trustee 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights
and powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Supplemental
Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Supplemental Indenture against the Trustee; and 

  
 72 

 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely,
as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful
misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that
the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Every
provision of this Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(g) No provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it. 
 (h) Every provision of this Supplemental Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of
or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION
7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

  
 73 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, or on any written notice, request, order or instruction
from the Company signed by an Officer. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in
good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this
Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, including any Opinion of Counsel, shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with
the advice or opinion of such counsel, including any Opinion of Counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or
surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire
as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions, or agreements on the part of the Company, except as otherwise set forth herein, but the Trustee may require of the Company full information and advice as to the performance of the
covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein. 
 (h) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this
Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and, with respect to such permissive rights, the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct. 

(i) Except for a default under Sections 6.01(1)or (2) hereof, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge
of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer shall have received from the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding written notice thereof at its address set forth in Section
11.02 hereof, and such notice references the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture. In the absence of any such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no Default or Event of Default exists. 

(j) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by
it in compliance with such request or direction. 

  
 74 

 (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including,
without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder. 

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising
out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or other unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility; it being understood that the
Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

(m) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to furnish the Trustee with Officers’ Certificates, written notices, requests, orders or instructions from the Company and any other matters or directions pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture. 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee
must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall
not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture or the Prospectus or in any other document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and it shall not be responsible for the use or
application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the 

  
 75 

 
performance or observance of any covenants, conditions, or agreements on the part of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors but the Trustee may require full information and advice as to the
performance of the aforementioned covenants. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. Neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall
be responsible for monitoring the Company’s rating status, making any request upon any Rating Agency, or determining whether any rating event based upon the rating of the Notes by any Rating Agency has occurred. 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a Trust Officer, the Trustee
shall mail or deliver to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of such
Note), the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. At the expense of the Company, as promptly as practicable after each January 1
beginning with January 1, 2017, and in any event prior to March 1 in each such year, the Trustee shall mail or send to each Holder a brief report dated as of such January 1 that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall
comply with TIA § 313(b). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing or sending to Holders shall be filed with the SEC
and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its
services as shall be agreed to in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee
upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, its agents, representatives, officers, directors, employees and attorneys against any and all loss, liability or expense (including
reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s counsel) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties or in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its rights or powers hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The
Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation in such defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company,
provided, however, that the 

  
 76 

 
Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if the Company assumes such defense unless there is a conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such
defense as determined by Trustee in consultation with counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or
bad faith as finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the discharge of
this Supplemental Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the
Bankruptcy Law. “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include any predecessor Trustee and each Paying Agent and Registrar; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any
Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.  
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The
Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall
remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and
such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture. The successor Trustee
shall mail or send a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

  
 77 

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or
is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA Section 310(b), any
Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue
for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or
converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Supplemental Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and
in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Supplemental Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall
be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.
The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 

  
 78 

 ARTICLE 8 

Discharge of Supplemental Indenture; Defeasance 

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) When (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee all
outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for cancellation or (2) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity or on a redemption date as a result of the mailing or giving of a notice of
redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof and, in the case of clause (2), the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds or U.S. Government Obligations (or any combination thereof) sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption
all outstanding Notes, including premium, if any, and interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable under this Supplemental
Indenture by the Company, then this Supplemental Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect; provided, however, that if U.S. Government Obligations are deposited, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S.
Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may
be. Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (1) all its obligations under the Notes and this
Supplemental Indenture with respect to any Notes (“legal defeasance option”) or (2) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Sections 6.01(4),
6.01(5) (with respect only to the Company’s obligations under Section 4.02), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8), 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(7) and (8), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) and the limitations
contained in Section 5.01(a)(3) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the
Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(5) (with respect only to the Company’s obligations under Section 4.02),
6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8), 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(7) and (8), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(3). In the event that the
Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  
 79 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company accompanied
by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 11.04, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 

(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and
7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive. 

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money in U.S. Dollars in an amount sufficient or U.S.
Government Obligations, the principal of and interest on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of, premium (if any) and interest in respect of the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be;

 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm
of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such
times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(3) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Sections 6.01(7) or (8)
with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (4) the deposit does not constitute a
default under any other material agreement binding on the Company; 
 (5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

(6) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating
that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Supplemental Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either
case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

(7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred. 

  
 80 

 Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall
hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations, as the case may be, through the Paying Agent and
in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to
Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by
them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have
no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and
shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and each Subsidiary
Guarantor’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and each Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to such Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or
Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because
of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 81 

 ARTICLE 9 

Amendments 
 SECTION 9.01.
Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; 

(2) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
under this Supplemental Indenture in compliance with Article 5; 
 (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for Federal income tax purposes; 

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any
Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted under this Supplemental Indenture; 
 (5) to add to the
covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; 

(6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect, subject to the
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; 
 (7) to make any amendment to the
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being
transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and (B) such amendment does not materially affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; 

(8) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; 

(9) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, the Indenture
under the TIA; or 
 (10) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge as security for the Notes any property or assets in
accordance with Section 4.09. 

  
 82 

 For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Supplemental Indenture shall be construed to require
any consent of any Holder to amend or supplement the Base Indenture in any manner that does not relate to the Notes.
 After an amendment
under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail or send to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an
amendment under this Section.
 For the avoidance of doubt, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to sign any amendment or
supplemental indenture hereto pursuant to which a Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor as contemplated by Section 4.11. 
 SECTION
9.02. With Consent of Holders. (a) The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture (as it relates to the Notes) or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for such Notes). Any existing Default or compliance with any provisions of the Indenture with respect to
the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class, subject to the restrictions of Section 6.04 and this Section 9.02. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not: 
 (1) reduce the amount of
Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any
Note; 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which such Note may be redeemed pursuant
to Article 3 hereto or paragraph 6 of the Notes; 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in
such Note; 
 (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes
on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(7) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the third sentence of this Section 9.02(a); or 

(8) make any change in, or release other than in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee that
would adversely affect the Holders. 

  
 83 

 (b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment
under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail or send to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an
amendment under this Section. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this
Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and
Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the
consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the
amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee. 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or
take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record
date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or
Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it
to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate
notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

  
 84 

 SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the
Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

ARTICLE 10 

Subsidiary Guarantees 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. (a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor
and not merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of all of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, jointly with the other Subsidiary Guarantors and severally. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further
agrees that its Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any such Guaranteed
Obligation. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any of its Guaranteed Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee,
notice of protest for nonpayment and all similar formalities. 
 (b) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that its guarantee
hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Trustee or any Holder to any security held for the payment of its Guaranteed Obligations or to any balance of
any deposit account or credit on the books of the Trustee or any Holder in favor of the Company. 
 (c) Except for termination of a
Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, suspension of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder pursuant to Section 4.12 or a release of such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.06, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and
shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or 

  
 85 

 
termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Supplemental Indenture
or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor; or (iv)
any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Subsidiary Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment
in full in cash of all the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor). 
 (d) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each
Subsidiary Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any part thereof from any cause, or
the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The Trustee may, at its
election, compromise or adjust any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, make any other accommodation with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
in each case without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. To
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Subsidiary Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or
subrogation or other right or remedy of such Subsidiary Guarantor against the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. 

(e) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors agrees that its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Guaranteed Obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or
otherwise. 
 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture to the contrary
notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture, as it
relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

  
 86 

 SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each
Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors, transferees and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the
rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Supplemental Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture. 

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power
or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and
the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any
departure by any Subsidiary Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given. No notice to or demand on any Subsidiary Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 10.06. Release of Subsidiary Guarantor. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Article 10
(other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.07): 
 (1) upon the sale (including any sale pursuant to
any exercise of remedies by a holder of Indebtedness of the Company or of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of such Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(3) upon the designation of such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this
Supplemental Indenture; 
 (4) unless there is then existing an Event of Default, at such time and for so long as any such
Subsidiary Guarantor that became a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.11 does not Guarantee any Indebtedness that would have required such Subsidiary Guarantor to enter into a supplemental indenture pursuant to
Section 4.11 and the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that no such Guarantee is outstanding and the Company elects to have such Subsidiary Guarantor released from this Article 10; 

  
 87 

 (5) at any time during a Suspension Period if the Company provides an
Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that the Company elects to have such Subsidiary Guarantor released from this Article 10; or 

(6) upon the exercise by the Company of its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option or if the Obligations of
the Company under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes are discharged pursuant to Article 8; 
 provided, however, that in the case
of clauses (1) and (2) above, (i) such sale or other disposition is made to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) such sale or disposition is otherwise permitted by this Supplemental Indenture and (iii) the Company
complies with its obligations under Section 4.06. 
 At the request of the Company, and upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions provided for in this Supplemental Indenture to the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee have been complied with, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate
instrument evidencing such release (it being understood that the failure to obtain any such instrument shall not impair any release pursuant to this Section 10.06). 

SECTION 10.07. Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled upon
payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Supplemental Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the
respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 ARTICLE
11 
 Miscellaneous 

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
another provision which is required to be included in this Supplemental Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. 

  
 88 

 SECTION 11.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows or, other than in the case of notices or communications to the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, transmitted by facsimile transmission or other means of unsecured electronic transmission
to the following: 
 if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company 

200 Innovation Way 
 Akron, Ohio
44316-0001 
 Attention of Treasurer 

if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A. 
 150 East 42nd Street, 40th Floor 
 New York, NY 10017 

Attention: Corporate, Municipal and Escrow Solutions 

Fax: (866) 297-2015 
 The
Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration
books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. With respect to Global Notes, any notice or communication to a Holder may, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or
regulations, be sent electronically. 
 Failure to mail (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable
DTC procedures or regulations, send electronically) a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or sent in the manner provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of
the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (provided, however, that such counsel may rely as to matters of fact on Officers’ Certificates), 

  
 89 

 except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Supplemental Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate (other than a certificate delivered pursuant to Section
4.13) or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Supplemental Indenture shall include: 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 SECTION 11.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing,
only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 

  
 90 

 SECTION 11.09. Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver. (a) This Supplemental
Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
 (b) EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY, AND EACH HOLDER
OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. A
director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture or of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its
Subsidiary Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and
release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
 SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the
Company in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. 

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or
PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto
transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 SECTION 11.13. Table of
Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof
and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.14. Ratification of Base
Indenture. The Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Base Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and
therein provided. 

  
 91 

 SECTION 11.15. Consent to Jurisdiction. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising
out of or based upon this Supplemental Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case
located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or
document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties
irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim any such suit, action or other
proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. 
 SECTION 11.16. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Supplemental Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request
in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 

  
 92 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first written above. 
  

							
	THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY
			
		 	by:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 
							
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee,
			
		 	by	 	 /s/ Gregory S. Clarke

		 		 	Name:	 	Gregory S. Clarke
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 
							
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
	
	CELERON CORPORATION
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	DIVESTED COMPANIES HOLDING COMPANY
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Steven M. Wilton

		 		 	Name:	 	Steven M. Wilton
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Randall M. Loyd

		 		 	Name:	 	Randall M. Loyd
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 
							
	DIVESTED LITCHFIELD PARK PROPERTIES, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Steven M. Wilton

		 		 	Name:	 	Steven M. Wilton
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Randall M. Loyd

		 		 	Name:	 	Randall M. Loyd
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Assistant Secretary
	
	GOODYEAR EXPORT INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 
							
	GOODYEAR FARMS, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	GOODYEAR INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	GOODYEAR WESTERN HEMISPHERE CORPORATION
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 
							
	T&WA, INC.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Treasurer
	
	WINGFOOT COMMERCIAL TIRE SYSTEMS, LLC
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Peter R. Rapin

		 		 	Name:	 	Peter R. Rapin
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	GOODYEAR CANADA INC. 
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ C. Pajot

		 		 	Name:	 	C. Pajot
		 		 	Title:	 	President
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ R. Hunter

		 		 	Name:	 	R. Hunter
		 		 	Title:	 	Secretary
	
	WINGFOOT MOLD LEASING COMPANY
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Caroline Pajot

		 		 	Name:	 	Caroline Pajot
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Paul Braczek

		 		 	Name:	 	Paul Braczek
		 		 	Title:	 	Secretary

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO NOTES 

1. Definitions 
 1.1
Definitions 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit 1 to this Supplemental Indenture. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person
thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
 1.2 Other Definitions 

 

			
	 	  	 Term:

Defined in Section:

	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)

 2. The Notes 

2.1 Form and Dating 
 (a)
The Notes issued on the date hereof will be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Prospectus. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time in accordance with applicable law.

 (b) Global Notes. Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global securities in definitive, fully
registered form (each, a “Global Note”) without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of Notes represented thereby with the Securities Custodian, and registered in the
name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Supplemental Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of any Global Note may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter provided. 

 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note
deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 
 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer, authenticate and deliver one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global
Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Securities Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Supplemental Indenture with respect
to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as Securities Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute
owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note. 
 (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global
Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. 
 2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $900,000,000, and subject to the terms of this
Supplemental Indenture, Additional Notes in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company addressing such matters as the
Trustee may reasonably request in connection with such authentication of such Notes. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Appendix or otherwise in this Supplemental Indenture, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Closing Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000. 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to
the Registrar with a request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

  
 2 

 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for
such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and
the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a
Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities
Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to the applicable Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by such Global Note, such instructions to contain information
regarding the Depository account to be credited with such increase, then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing
between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be
credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no applicable Global Notes are then outstanding and the applicable
Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new
applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and
exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the
Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be
credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the
transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 
 (i) If the
proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of

  
 3 

 
the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred. 

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global
Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository, or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor
Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (d) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depository to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by
the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal
amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases on such Global Note and on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for
such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

(e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate,
Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.06, 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Supplemental Indenture). 

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the
Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture shall evidence the
same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

  
 4 

 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the
delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes or any other act or
omission of the Depository. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the
case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository, subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying
upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The
Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Supplemental Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note
(including any transfers between or among the Depository, participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do
so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

2.4 Definitive Notes 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Securities Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to
the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the
Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depository for such Global Note or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a
successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 120 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) the Depository so requests, or any beneficial owner thereof requests such exchange in writing
delivered through the Depository in either case, following an Event of Default under this Supplemental Indenture or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes
under this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 5 

 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global
Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct.
 (c) Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.4(b), the registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take
under this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 6 

 EXHIBIT 1 

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[OID Legend] 
 FOR PURPOSES OF
SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT. THE ISSUE PRICE OF EACH SECURITY IS
$[        ] PER $1,000 OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $[        ], THE ISSUE DATE IS
[                    ], [    ] AND THE INITIAL YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS SECURITY IS [    ]%. 

							
	No. -	  		  		  	$        

 5.000% Senior Note due 2026 

CUSIP No.              

ISIN No.              

THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY, an Ohio corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum
[of $                ] [listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1 on
May 31, 2026. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 31 and November 30, commencing November 30, 2016 

Record Dates: May 15 or November 15 

 

	1 	Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form. 

  
 2 

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

					
	THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY,
			
		 	by	 	  

		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:
			
		 	by	 	  

		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:

  

			
	Dated:
	
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
	
	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

  

	*/ 	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit 1 captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR
DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

  
 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY] 

5.000% Senior Note due 2026 
  

	1.	Interest 

 THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY, an Ohio corporation (such corporation,
and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay interest
semi-annually on May 31 and November 30 of each year, commencing on November 30, 2016. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid
or duly provided for, from May 13, 2016 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted
interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 15 or November 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment
date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
The Depository Trust Company or any successor Depository. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option
of the Company, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the
payee with a bank in the United States of America if such Holder has elected payment by wire transfer by providing written wire instructions to the Trustee or the Paying Agent on or after the Closing Date but, in any event, no later than
30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking
association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar upon written notice to such Paying Agent or Registrar and to the Trustee. The Company or any of its
domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 13, 2010
(the “Base Indenture”), as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 13, 2016 (the “Supplemental Indenture”, and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture and those made part of the Supplemental Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Supplemental Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Supplemental Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Supplemental Indenture. The
Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, and Holders (as defined in the Supplemental Indenture) are referred to the Supplemental Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent
any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Supplemental
Indenture. The Supplemental Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other
distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, sell assets, including shares of capital stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or
permit certain transactions with Affiliates and create or incur Liens. The Supplemental Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or
convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 Following the first day (the “Suspension Date”) that (i)
the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from at least two of the Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing under the Supplemental Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not
be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11 and Section 5.01(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes. In addition, the Company may elect to suspend the
Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes. Upon and following any Reversion Date, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes with respect to future events and the
Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes shall be reinstated. 

  
 2 

	5.	Guarantee 

 The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest on,
the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent set forth in the Supplemental Indenture. The precise terms of the Guarantee of the Notes and the
Guaranteed Obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Notes are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Supplemental Indenture. 
  

	6.	Optional Redemption 

 Except as set forth below in this paragraph 6 the Company will not
be entitled to redeem the Notes. 
 On and after May 31, 2021, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on not less than 30
nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12 month period commencing on May 31 of the years set forth below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2021
	  	 	102.500	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.667	% 
	 2023
	  	 	100.833	% 
	 2024 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to May 31, 2019, the Company may, on one or more occasions, redeem up to a maximum of 35%
of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 105.000% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that (1) at
least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding after giving effect to any such redemption and (2) any such redemption by the Company is made within
90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering and is made in accordance with certain procedures set forth in the Supplemental Indenture. 

In addition, prior to May 31, 2021, the Company may at its option redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to 

  
 3 

 
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption must be mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address (or with respect to Global
Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC procedures or regulations, sent electronically), not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. With respect to any such redemption, the Company shall notify the
Trustee of the Applicable Premium promptly after it is calculated by the Company and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date, the greater of (1) 1.00% of the principal amount of
such Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on May 31, 2021 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph in this section exclusive of any
accrued interest), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through May 31, 2021 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted
Treasury Rate, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 
 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with
respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor
publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant
Maturities”, for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after May 31, 2021, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury
Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during
the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the
Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, in each case of (1) and (2), plus 0.50%. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the redemption date to May 31, 2021 that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of U.S. Dollar denominated corporate
debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to May 31, 2021. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any
redemption date, if clause (2) of the Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or if not possible, such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date. 

  
 4 

 “Quotation Agent” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its successors and assigns and two other nationally
recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company that are primary U.S. Government Obligation securities dealers. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average,
as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such redemption date. 
  

	7.	Sinking Fund 

 The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund. 

 

	8.	Notice of Redemption 

 At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the
redemption date, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address (or with respect to Global Notes, to the extent permitted or required by applicable DTC
procedures or regulations, such notice shall be sent electronically). Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to
accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	9.	Purchase of Notes at the Option of Holders  

 Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of
Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Supplemental Indenture, to cause the Company to purchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to
be purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of purchase)
as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Supplemental Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Supplemental
Indenture, the Company will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 

  
 5 

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without interest
coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Supplemental Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may
require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar need not
register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or
any Notes for a period of 15 days before an interest payment date. 
  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners  

 Except as provided in paragraph 2 hereof, the registered Holder
of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment
as general creditors and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations (or any combination thereof) for the payment of principal
of, and interest and premium, if any, on, the Notes to redemption, or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Supplemental
Indenture, (i) the Indenture (as it relates to the Notes) or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class and (ii) any
existing Default or compliance with any provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class. 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Supplemental Indenture, without notice to or consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the
Subsidiary 

  
 6 

 
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; (ii) to
provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Supplemental Indenture in compliance with Article 5 of the Supplemental Indenture; (iii) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for Federal income tax purposes; (iv) to add Guarantees with respect to the
Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted under the Supplemental Indenture; (v) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right and power conferred upon the Company in the Supplemental Indenture; (vi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes in any material respect, subject to the
provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; (vii) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture relating to the form, authentication, transfer and legending of Notes;
provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and (B) such amendment does not
materially affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; (viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture; (ix) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with
qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, the Indenture under the TIA; or (x) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge as security for the Notes any property or assets in accordance with Section 4.09 of the Supplemental Indenture. 

 

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 An “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes occurs
if: (i) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for 30 days; (ii) the Company defaults in the payment of principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01 of the
Supplemental Indenture; (iv) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with Section 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 or 4.12 of the Supplemental Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes)
and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice from the Trustee or the Holders specified below; (v) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with its covenants or agreements with respect to such Notes contained in the
Supplemental Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice from the Trustee or the Holders specified below; (vi) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
fails to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default
if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the 

  
 7 

 
Company or a Significant Subsidiary under Sections 6.01(7) and (8) of the Supplemental Indenture; (viii) any final and nonappealable judgment or decree (not covered by insurance) for the payment
of money in excess of $100,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) is rendered against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary and such final judgment or decree remains
outstanding and is not satisfied, discharged or waived within a period of 60 days following such judgment; or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect in all material respects (except as
contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under the Supplemental Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee and such Default continues for 10 days after receipt
of the notice specified below. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and
whether such Event of Default is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under clause (iv), (v), (vi), (viii) or (ix) (and under clause (ix) only with respect to any
Subsidiary Guarantor that is not a Significant Subsidiary) shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee
of the default and the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, does not cure such default within any applicable time specified in clause (iv), (v), (vi), (viii) or (ix) hereof after receipt of such notice. 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company
under Sections 6.01(7) and (8) of the Supplemental Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may
declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company under Sections 6.01(7) and (8) of the
Supplemental Indenture occurs, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain
circumstances, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 

 

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA,
the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

  
 8 

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Supplemental Indenture or of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Supplemental Indenture, or
for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the
Notes. 
  

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	20.	Governing Law; Jury Trial Waiver 

 THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

BY ACCEPTING THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER HEREOF IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 

 

	21.	CUSIP Numbers and ISINs 

 The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on
the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice or notice of
redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 9 

 The Company will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the
Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                    agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	  

				
	Date:	 	  
	  	Your Signature:	 	  

	
	  

	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the
Trustee.

  
 11 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[        ]. The following increases or decreases
in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	Date of Exchange	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 12 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the
Supplemental Indenture, check the box: 
 Asset Sale        Change of Control 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Supplemental
Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof): 
 $         

 

							
	Date:	 	  
	 	Your Signature:	 	  

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

							
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

  
 13 

 EXHIBIT 2 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
                    , among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY (or its successor),
an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), the Company and WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS
the Company and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (the “Existing Guarantors”) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee the fifth supplemental indenture dated as of May 13, 2016 (the “Fifth Supplemental
Indenture”) to the Indenture dated as of August 13, 2010 (the “Base Indenture”, and together with the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Company’s 5.000% Senior Notes
due 2026 (the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $900,000,000. 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Fifth
Supplemental Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee
all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver
this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally
guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Fifth Supplemental Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture with respect to
the Notes and of the Notes themselves. 
 2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as
expressly amended hereby, the Indenture with respect to the Notes only is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form
a part of the Indenture with respect to the Notes only for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

 3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 4. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation
as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6.
Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof. 

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

					
	[NEW GUARANTOR],
		
	by	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	THE GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER COMPANY,
		
	by	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee,
		
	by	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  
 3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00258-of-00352.parquet"}]]